WO2023279350A1 - Radio resource management (rrm) measurement relaxation indication method and apparatus, and user equipment, base station and storage medium. - Google Patents

Radio resource management (rrm) measurement relaxation indication method and apparatus, and user equipment, base station and storage medium. Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023279350A1
WO2023279350A1 PCT/CN2021/105344 CN2021105344W WO2023279350A1 WO 2023279350 A1 WO2023279350 A1 WO 2023279350A1 CN 2021105344 W CN2021105344 W CN 2021105344W WO 2023279350 A1 WO2023279350 A1 WO 2023279350A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
measurement
relaxation
state
base station
indication information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/105344
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
施饶
Original Assignee
北京小米移动软件有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 北京小米移动软件有限公司 filed Critical 北京小米移动软件有限公司
Priority to CN202180002050.1A priority Critical patent/CN115956373A/en
Priority to PCT/CN2021/105344 priority patent/WO2023279350A1/en
Publication of WO2023279350A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023279350A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/10Scheduling measurement reports ; Arrangements for measurement reports
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular to a method, device, user equipment, base station, and storage medium for RRM measurement relaxation indication.
  • the measurement state of the UE when the UE satisfies measurement relaxation criteria (such as low mobility criteria, not at the edge of a cell, and static criteria, etc.), the measurement state of the UE will be determined as a measurement relaxation state to reduce UE power consumption.
  • measurement relaxation criteria such as low mobility criteria, not at the edge of a cell, and static criteria, etc.
  • the base station when a UE in a non-connected state that is in a relaxed measurement state enters a connected state, the base station cannot know the behavior of the UE in the non-connected state, and the base station will first configure the UE with an RRC (Radio Resource Control, radio resource control) message. Based on the measurement configuration information for normal measurement, the UE will then re-judge whether it meets the measurement relaxation criteria, and if so, report to the base station and receive the relaxed measurement configuration information configured by the base station to determine the measurement state of the UE as the measurement relaxation state.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control, radio resource control
  • a second RRC configuration is required to determine the measurement state of the UE as the measurement relaxed state, and in the process of the second RRC configuration, The UE also needs to perform unnecessary measurements and report an additional RRM measurement relaxation indication, thus causing redundancy in the signaling interaction and measurement process.
  • the RRM measurement relaxation indication method, device, user equipment, base station, and storage medium proposed in the present disclosure are used to solve the redundant technology of signaling interaction and measurement process when UE in the unconnected state and in the measurement relaxation state enters the connected state question.
  • An RRM measurement relaxation indication method proposed by an embodiment of the present disclosure is applied to a UE, including:
  • the RRM measurement relaxation indication method proposed by another embodiment of the present disclosure is applied to a base station, including:
  • the RRM measurement relaxation indication device proposed by the embodiment includes:
  • a sending module configured to switch from the unconnected state to the connected state, and when the measurement state of the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before the connection state, send state indication information to the base station;
  • An obtaining module configured to obtain at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station
  • a determining module configured to determine the measurement state of the UE based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information.
  • the RRM measurement relaxation indication device proposed by the embodiment includes:
  • a receiving module configured to receive status indication information sent from the UE
  • a sending module configured to send at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information to the UE.
  • a user equipment provided by an embodiment of another aspect of the present disclosure includes: a transceiver; a memory; and a processor, which are respectively connected to the transceiver and the memory, and configured to execute computer-executable instructions on the memory, The wireless signal transmission and reception of the transceiver is controlled, and the method proposed in the embodiment of the above aspect can be implemented.
  • a base station which includes: a transceiver; a memory; and a processor, connected to the transceiver and the memory respectively, configured to execute computer-executable instructions on the memory , controlling the wireless signal sending and receiving of the transceiver, and implementing the method proposed in the above embodiment of the other aspect.
  • the computer storage medium provided by the embodiment, wherein the computer storage medium stores computer-executable instructions; after the computer-executable instructions are executed by a processor, the method as described above can be implemented.
  • the UE switches from the unconnected state to the connected state, and is in the measurement state before switching to the connected state.
  • the state indication information will be sent to the base station, and at least one of the relaxed indication information and the relaxed measurement configuration information from the base station will be obtained, and based on at least one of the relaxed indication information and the relaxed measurement configuration information, the measurement state of the UE will be determined .
  • the UE if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement from the base station according to the state indication information. At least one of the configuration information, so that when the measurement state of the UE is the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxation state based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to enable the connection
  • the UE in the connected state inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the unconnected state. Thus, it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating relaxation of RRM measurement provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flow chart of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating relaxation of RRM measurement provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating relaxation of RRM measurement provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic flowchart of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic flow chart of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic flowchart of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic flowchart of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic flowchart of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating relaxation of RRM measurement provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic flow diagram of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method for an idle UE according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic flowchart of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method for an idle UE according to another embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation for an inactive UE according to yet another embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Fig. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of an RRM measurement relaxation indication device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 26 is a schematic structural diagram of an RRM measurement relaxation indication device provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 27 is a block diagram of a user equipment provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Fig. 28 is a block diagram of a base station provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • first, second, third, etc. may use the terms first, second, third, etc. to describe various information, the information should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish information of the same type from one another. For example, without departing from the scope of the embodiments of the present disclosure, first information may also be called second information, and similarly, second information may also be called first information.
  • first information may also be called second information
  • second information may also be called first information.
  • the words "if” and "if” as used herein may be interpreted as “at” or "when” or "in response to a determination.”
  • the UE switches from the unconnected state to the connected state, and when the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, it will send status indication information to the base station, and then Acquiring at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station, and determining a measurement state of the UE based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement from the base station according to the state indication information.
  • At least one of the configuration information so that when the measurement state of the UE is the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxation state based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to enable the connection
  • the UE in the connected state inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the unconnected state.
  • it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a UE. As shown in FIG. 1 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
  • Step 101 switch from the unconnected state to the connected state, and when the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, send state indication information to the base station.
  • a UE may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user.
  • UE can communicate with one or more core networks via RAN (Radio Access Network, wireless access network).
  • RAN Radio Access Network, wireless access network
  • UE can be an Internet of Things terminal, such as a sensor device, a mobile phone (or called a "cellular" phone) and a device with an Internet of Things
  • the computer of the terminal for example, may be a fixed, portable, pocket, hand-held, computer-built-in or vehicle-mounted device.
  • station Station, STA
  • subscriber unit subscriber unit
  • subscriber station subscriber station
  • mobile station mobile station
  • mobile station mobile
  • remote station remote station
  • access point remote terminal
  • user terminal or user agent.
  • the UE may also be a device of an unmanned aerial vehicle.
  • the UE may also be a vehicle-mounted device, for example, it may be a trip computer with a wireless communication function, or a wireless terminal connected externally to the trip computer.
  • the UE may also be a roadside device, for example, it may be a street lamp, a signal lamp, or other roadside devices with a wireless communication function.
  • the state indication information may be used to indicate that the UE satisfies the measurement relaxation criterion before switching to the connected state.
  • the disconnected state may be an idle state or an inactive state.
  • the method for the UE to send the status indication information to the base station may include: sending the status indication information to the base station through an RRC message in the RRC (Radio Resource Control, radio resource control) connection establishment/restoration process .
  • RRC Radio Resource Control, radio resource control
  • the UE when the UE switches from the idle state to the connected state, and is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, it will send a status indication to the base station through an RRC message during the RRC connection establishment process information. In another embodiment of the present disclosure, when the UE switches from the inactive state to the connected state and is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, it will send a status indication to the base station through an RRC message during the RRC connection recovery process information.
  • Step 102 acquire at least one of at least one of relaxation instruction information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station.
  • the above relaxation indication information is specifically used to indicate that the measurement state of the UE in the connected state is allowed to be the measurement relaxation state.
  • the relaxed measurement configuration information is specifically used to perform relaxed measurement.
  • the UE will only obtain the relaxation indication information sent by the base station. In another embodiment of the present disclosure, the UE will only obtain the relaxed measurement configuration information sent by the base station. In yet another embodiment of the present disclosure, the UE obtains the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information sent by the base station.
  • Step 103 based on at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information, determine a measurement state of the UE.
  • the above-mentioned normal measurement state and measurement relaxation state are both used to measure RRM (Radio Resource Management, radio resource management), and mainly measure the RRM of adjacent cells .
  • the UE switches from the unconnected state to the connected state, and when the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, it will send a status indication to the base station information, and then acquire at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station, and determine the measurement status of the UE based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement from the base station according to the state indication information.
  • At least one of the configuration information so that when the measurement state of the UE is the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxation state based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to enable the connection
  • the UE in the connected state inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the unconnected state.
  • it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a UE. As shown in FIG. 2 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
  • Step 201 when the UE is in a disconnected state, it is judged whether the UE satisfies the relaxed criterion.
  • the relaxed criterion may include at least one of the low mobility criterion, the not-at-the-cell-edge criterion, and the static criterion.
  • the method for judging whether the UE in the connected state satisfies the low mobility criterion may include: judging the preset reference value of the received signal strength of the current serving cell within the first preset time period Whether the absolute value of the difference between the actual received signal strength S rxlev (in dB) of the UE in the current serving cell is less than the first preset threshold value S searchDeltaP , when within the first preset time period, When it is always smaller than S searchDeltaP , it is considered that the current signal amplitude of the UE does not change much, that is, it can be approximately considered that the UE is in a low mobility state, so that it is determined that the UE meets the low mobility criterion. Otherwise, it is determined that the UE does not satisfy the low mobility criterion.
  • the method for judging whether the UE in the connected state satisfies the criterion of not being at the cell edge may include: judging whether the S rxlev of the UE in the current serving cell is greater than the second preset threshold S searchThresholdP , And, judging whether the actual received signal quality S qual of the UE in the current serving cell is greater than the third preset threshold S searchThresholdQ , when S rxlev >S searchThresholdP , and S qual >S searchThresholdQ , the UE is considered not to be at the edge of the cell, Determining that the UE meets the criterion of not being at the edge of a cell; otherwise, determining that the UE does not meet the criterion of not being at the edge of a cell.
  • the method for judging whether the UE in the connected state satisfies the static criterion may include: judging the UE corresponding to the connected state within the second preset time period Whether it is less than the fourth preset threshold value, and whether the number of beam switching times of the UE is less than the fifth preset threshold value, if within the second preset time period, is always less than the fourth threshold value, and the number of beam switching times of the UE is less than the fifth threshold value, it is considered that the signal amplitude of the UE does not change much, and the number of beam switching times is small, that is, the UE can be approximately considered to be in a static state, Therefore, it can be determined that the UE satisfies the stationary criterion; otherwise, it is determined that the UE does not satisfy the stationary criterion.
  • the first preset time period, the second preset time period, and the first to fifth preset thresholds may be provided by the base station.
  • the above judgment criteria (for example, by judging Whether it is smaller than S searchDeltaP to determine whether the UE satisfies the low mobility criterion) may be stipulated by the protocol.
  • the first preset time period and the second preset time period may be the same or different; and, the first preset threshold and the fourth preset threshold The limits can be the same or different.
  • the UE satisfies any criterion in the relaxed criterion, it is considered that the UE in the connected state satisfies the relaxed criterion. And, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE satisfies any pairwise combination of the relaxation criteria or all the above three types, it is considered that the UE in the connected state satisfies the relaxation criteria.
  • step 202 determines that the measurement state of the UE is a normal measurement state.
  • Step 202 switch from the unconnected state to the connected state, and send state indication information to the base station.
  • the status indication information may be used to indicate that the UE satisfies the measurement relaxation criterion before switching to the connected state.
  • the state indication information may be used to indicate specific relaxation criteria that the UE satisfies before switching to the connected state, for example, it may be used to indicate that the UE meets the low mobility criteria, Either the criterion of not being at the edge of a cell is met, or the criterion of being stationary is met.
  • Step 203 acquire at least one of relaxation instruction information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station.
  • Step 204 Determine the measurement state of the UE based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information.
  • the UE switches from the unconnected state to the connected state, and when the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, it will send a status indication to the base station information, and then acquire at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station, and determine the measurement status of the UE based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement from the base station according to the state indication information.
  • At least one of the configuration information so that when the measurement state of the UE is the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxation state based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to enable the connection
  • the UE in the connected state inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the unconnected state.
  • it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a UE. As shown in FIG. 3 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
  • Step 301 when the UE is in an idle state, it is judged whether the UE satisfies the relaxed criterion.
  • the relaxed criterion may include at least one of at least one of the low mobility criterion, the not-at-the-cell-edge criterion, and the static criterion.
  • step 302 determines that the measurement state of the UE is a normal measurement state.
  • Step 302 switch from the idle state to the connected state, and send state indication information to the base station.
  • the method for sending status indication information to the base station may include any of the following:
  • the first one is to send status indication information to the base station through an RRC Setup Request (connection establishment request) message.
  • the second is to send status indication information to the base station through the newly established RRC Setup Request 1 message.
  • the third way is to send status indication information to the base station through an RRC Setup Complete (connection establishment complete) message.
  • Step 303 Acquire relaxed measurement configuration information from the base station.
  • the method for the UE to obtain the relaxed measurement configuration information sent by the base station may include: obtaining (Reconfiguration) Message to send relaxation measurement configuration information.
  • the relaxed measurement configuration information may include at least one of the following:
  • a new measurement frequency the number of new measurement frequencies is less than the number of measurement frequencies in the normal measurement state
  • New SMTC Synchronization Signal Block Measurement Timing Configuration, Synchronization Signal Block Measurement Time Configuration
  • the cycle of the new SMTC is greater than the cycle of the SMTC in the normal measurement state
  • the window length of the new SMTC is smaller than the window length of the SMTC in the normal measurement state
  • New SSB-ToMeasure Synchronization Signal Block-ToMeasure, synchronization signal block measurement
  • the number of measurement beams corresponding to the new SSB-ToMeasure parameter is less than the number of measurement beams corresponding to the SSB-ToMeasure parameter in the normal measurement state
  • the type of the new pilot signal to be measured is smaller than the type of the pilot signal in the normal measurement state.
  • the relaxed measurement configuration information may be only any one of the above configuration information.
  • the relaxed measurement configuration information may be any two-two combination, any three-three combination, any four-four combination, any five-five combination, and all six of the above configuration information.
  • the relaxed measurement configuration information sent by the base station to the UE is a new set of relaxed measurement configurations, so when the UE performs measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information, it can directly Measurement relaxation is performed according to the received relaxation measurement configuration information.
  • Step 304 Perform measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information, so as to determine the measurement state of the UE in the connected state as the measurement relaxed state.
  • the operations of measurement relaxation to be performed are also different.
  • the method for the UE to perform measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information may specifically include: deleting the normal measurement configuration information.
  • Measurement configuration information in the measurement state to stop the measurement of RRM.
  • the UE may stop the measurement of RRM by deleting all measurement identifiers in the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state.
  • the preset time after the base station sends the relaxed measurement configuration information can send the original measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state (that is, the original configuration) to the UE through an RRC message (such as an RRC reconfiguration message), so as to ensure that the UE in the connected state can successfully switch back to the normal measurement state based on the original configuration .
  • the preset time period may be 24 hours, for example.
  • the method for the UE to perform measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information may specifically include: only for the new measurement frequency included
  • the measurement identifier performs measurement relaxation, wherein each measurement identifier is connected to a measurement object and a reporting configuration at the same time, and the UE can perform corresponding measurements based on the matching measurement object and reporting configuration of the measurement identifier.
  • the UE may only measure signals in the 3GHZ frequency band, but not measure signals in other frequency bands, thereby realizing Relax measurement.
  • the method for the UE to perform measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information may specifically include: directly using the new SMTC period to perform measurement Relax.
  • the new SMTC period can be 20ms (milliseconds), and the UE can perform measurement relaxation based on the new SMTC period of 20ms .
  • the method for the UE to perform measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information may specifically include: directly using the new SMTC window length to perform measurement Relax.
  • the new SMTC window length can be 3ms, and the UE can perform measurement relaxation based on the new SMTC window length of 3ms .
  • the method for the UE to perform measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information may specifically include: directly using the new SSB-ToMeasure parameter Perform measurement relaxation.
  • the number of measurement beams corresponding to the SSB-ToMeasure parameter in the normal measurement state is 32
  • the number of measurement beams corresponding to the new SSB-ToMeasure parameter may be 8, and the UE Measurement relaxation can be performed based on the new SSB-ToMeasure parameter8.
  • the method for the UE to perform measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information may specifically include: directly based on the new required measurement The pilot signal performs measurement relaxation.
  • the new pilot signal that needs to be measured can be only SSB, and the UE can only measure the pilot signal Perform measurements on the frequency signal SSB, and only report the measurement results for SSB.
  • the content included in the corresponding relaxed measurement configuration information may be the same.
  • the content included in the corresponding relaxed measurement configuration information may be different.
  • the relaxation degree of the relaxed measurement configuration information corresponding to the UE satisfying the stationary criterion may be greater than that satisfying the low.
  • the relaxation degree of the relaxed measurement configuration information corresponding to the UE with the mobility criterion is greater than the relaxed degree of the relaxed measurement configuration information corresponding to the UE that meets the non-cell edge criterion.
  • the relaxed measurement configuration information corresponding to the UE meeting the static criterion may include: deleting the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state; the relaxed measurement configuration information corresponding to the UE meeting the low mobility criterion It may include: the extension factor of the measurement period; the relaxed measurement configuration information corresponding to the UE that meets the criterion of not being at the cell edge may include: a dedicated measurement frequency.
  • the UE switches from the unconnected state to the connected state, and when the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, it will send a status indication to the base station information, and then acquire at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station, and determine the measurement status of the UE based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement from the base station according to the state indication information.
  • At least one of the configuration information so that when the measurement state of the UE is the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxation state based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to enable the connection
  • the UE in the connected state inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the unconnected state.
  • it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a UE. As shown in FIG. 4 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
  • Step 401 when the UE is in an idle state, it is judged whether the UE satisfies the relaxed criterion.
  • the relaxed criterion may include at least one of the low mobility criterion, the not-at-the-cell-edge criterion, and the static criterion.
  • step 402 is continued. Otherwise, it is determined that the measurement state of the UE is a normal measurement state.
  • Step 402 switch from the idle state to the connected state, and send state indication information to the base station.
  • the method for sending status indication information to the base station may include the following:
  • the first one is to send status indication information to the base station through an RRC Setup Request (connection establishment request) message.
  • the second is to send status indication information to the base station through the newly established RRC Setup Request 1 message.
  • the third way is to send status indication information to the base station through an RRC Setup Complete (connection establishment complete) message.
  • Step 403 Acquire relaxation indication information from the base station, where the relaxation indication information is used to indicate that the measurement state of the UE is a measurement relaxation state.
  • the method for the UE to obtain the relaxation indication information sent by the base station may include: obtaining the RRC Reconfiguration message sent by the base station The relaxation instruction message sent.
  • the method for the UE to obtain the relaxation indication information sent by the base station may include: Obtain the relaxation instruction information sent by the base station through the RRC Setup (connection establishment) message.
  • Step 404 Obtain the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state sent by the base station.
  • the method for the UE to obtain the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state sent by the base station may include: obtaining the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state sent by the base station through an RRC Reconfiguration message.
  • Step 405 acquiring a predefined measurement relaxation parameter indicated by the base station.
  • the method for the UE to obtain the predefined measurement relaxation parameters indicated by the base station may include at least one of the following:
  • the first method is to obtain a predefined measurement relaxation parameter sent by the base station through a system message.
  • the predefined measurement relaxation parameters broadcast by the base station through SIB (System Information Block, system information block) X can be acquired, where X can be any SIB.
  • the second type is to obtain a predefined measurement relaxation parameter indicated by the base station based on a protocol.
  • the base station may be acquired to indicate a predefined measurement relaxation parameter based on the TS38.331 protocol.
  • the third method is to obtain a predefined measurement relaxation parameter sent by the base station through an RRC message.
  • a predefined measurement relaxation parameter sent by the base station through an RRC message.
  • the base station sends a predefined measurement relaxation parameter to the UE through an RRC Reconfiguration message or an RRC Set Up message.
  • the fourth method is to acquire a predefined measurement relaxation parameter carried in the relaxation indication information.
  • the UE may acquire the predefined measurement relaxation parameter only through the above-mentioned first, second, third or fourth method.
  • the method for the UE to obtain the predefined measurement relaxation parameters indicated by the base station may also be any combination of two or three or all four of the above methods.
  • the predefined measurement relaxation parameters may specifically include at least one of the following:
  • Pre-defined measurement frequencies the number of predefined measurement frequencies is less than the number of measurement frequencies in the normal measurement state
  • a predefined SMTC the period of the predefined SMTC is greater than the period of the SMTC in the normal measurement state
  • the window length of the predefined SMTC is smaller than the window length of the SMTC in the normal measurement state
  • the number of measurement beams corresponding to the predefined SSB-ToMeasure parameters is smaller than the number of measurement beams corresponding to the SSB-ToMeasure parameters in the normal measurement state;
  • the types of the predefined pilot signals that need to be measured are less than the types of the pilot signals in the normal measurement state.
  • the measurement relaxation parameter may be only any one of the above parameters.
  • the measurement relaxation parameter may be any two-two combination, any three-three combination, any four-four combination, any five-five combination, any six-six combination or all seven of the above parameters. kind.
  • Step 406 perform measurement relaxation based on the predefined measurement relaxation parameters and the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state, so as to determine the measurement state of the UE in the connected state as the measurement relaxation state.
  • the UE when the UE performs measurement relaxation based on the predefined measurement relaxation parameters and the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state, the UE replaces the measurement configuration of the normal measurement state with the predefined measurement relaxation parameters
  • the corresponding measurement relaxation parameter in the message performs measurement relaxation.
  • the UE when the predefined measurement relaxation parameters include a predefined measurement cycle extension factor, the UE performs the measurement based on the predefined measurement relaxation parameters and the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state.
  • the method for measuring relaxation may specifically include: determining the product of a predefined measurement period expansion factor and the measurement period in the normal measurement state as the measurement period in the relaxed measurement state, and performing relaxation measurement based on the measurement period in the relaxed measurement state.
  • the extension factor may specifically be a natural number greater than 1.
  • the SMTC period may be carried in the measurement configuration information configured by the base station to the UE and applied in a normal measurement state.
  • the UE may also calculate the measurement period in the normal measurement state based on the DRX cycle, MGRP (Measurement Gap Repeat Period).
  • the UE when it performs measurement based on the measurement period, it can obtain a measurement result in a measurement period, wherein the measurement result is specifically obtained through multiple measurement sample points (that is, multiple SMTC ) from the evaluation.
  • the UE when the predefined measurement relaxation parameters include the predefined measurement frequency, the UE performs measurement relaxation based on the predefined measurement relaxation parameters and the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state
  • the method may specifically include: the UE performs measurement only for measurement identities that include a predefined measurement frequency, wherein each measurement identities are simultaneously connected to a measurement object and reporting configuration, and the UE may match the measurement object and report based on the measurement identities Configure to perform the corresponding measurements.
  • the predefined measurement frequency is 3 GHZ (megahertz). Then the UE may only perform measurement on the measurement identifier including the 3GHZ frequency band, and not perform measurement on the measurement identifiers including other frequency bands, so as to realize relaxed measurement.
  • the UE executes the measurement relaxation method based on the predefined measurement relaxation parameters and the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state Specifically, it may include: using the predefined SMTC to replace the SMTC in the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state.
  • the period of the SMTC in a normal measurement state is 5ms
  • the period of the predefined SMTC is 20ms. Then when the UE performs measurement relaxation based on the predefined SMTC, the UE performs RRM measurement according to the predefined SMTC period of 20 ms.
  • the method for the UE to perform measurement relaxation based on the predefined measurement relaxation parameters and the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state may specifically be It includes: using the predefined SMTC to replace the SMTC in the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state.
  • the UE RRM measurements are performed with a predefined SMTC window length of 3 ms.
  • the UE when the predefined measurement relaxation parameters include the predefined SSB-ToMeasure parameter, the UE performs measurement relaxation based on the predefined measurement relaxation parameters and the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state
  • the method may specifically include: using the predefined SSB-ToMeasure parameter to replace the SSB-ToMeasure parameter in the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state.
  • the number of measurement beams corresponding to the SSB-ToMeasure parameter in the normal measurement state is 32, and the number of measurement beams corresponding to the predefined SSB-ToMeasure parameter is 8. Then when the UE performs measurement relaxation based on the predefined SSB-ToMeasure parameter, the UE performs RRM measurement according to the predefined SSB-ToMeasure parameter 8.
  • the UE when the measurement relaxation parameters include predefined types of pilot signals that need to be measured, the UE performs measurement relaxation based on the predefined measurement relaxation parameters and the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state
  • the method may specifically include: replacing the types of pilot signals that need to be measured in a normal measurement state with predefined types of pilot signals that need to be measured.
  • the pilot signals that need to be measured in the normal measurement state are SSB and CSI-RS (Channel State Information Reference Signal, signal state indication reference signal), and the predefined pilot signals that need to be measured
  • the type of the pilot signal is SSB
  • the UE when the UE performs measurement relaxation based on the type of the predefined pilot signal that needs to be measured, the UE can only measure the pilot signal SSB.
  • the UE may base on the combination of the at least two predefined measurement relaxation parameters and Measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state to perform measurement relaxation.
  • the predefined measurement relaxation parameters received by the UE include a predefined measurement cycle extension factor and a predefined pilot signal to be measured: pilot signal SSB. Then the UE can multiply the predefined measurement period extension factor K on the basis of the measurement period in the normal measurement state to obtain a new measurement period, and based on the new measurement period, only perform measurements on the pilot signal SSB and other measurement parameters (such as measurement frequency, period and window length of SMTC, and SSB-ToMeasure parameters) can be measured according to the measurement relaxation parameters in the normal measurement state.
  • pilot signal SSB other measurement parameters (such as measurement frequency, period and window length of SMTC, and SSB-ToMeasure parameters) can be measured according to the measurement relaxation parameters in the normal measurement state.
  • the contents included in the corresponding predefined measurement relaxation parameters may be the same.
  • the contents included in the corresponding predefined measurement relaxation parameters may be different.
  • the relaxation degree of the predefined measurement relaxation parameters corresponding to UEs that meet the static criteria It may be greater than the relaxation degree of the predefined measurement relaxation parameter corresponding to the UE meeting the low mobility criterion and greater than the relaxation degree of the predefined measurement relaxation parameter corresponding to the UE meeting the non-cell edge criterion.
  • the predefined measurement relaxation parameters corresponding to the UE meeting the static criterion may include: a predefined measurement cycle extension factor; a predefined measurement relaxation parameter corresponding to the UE meeting the low mobility criterion
  • the relaxation parameter may include: a predefined measurement frequency; the predefined measurement relaxation parameter corresponding to the UE that meets the criterion of not being at the cell edge may include: a predefined SSB-ToMeasure parameter.
  • the UE switches from the unconnected state to the connected state, and when the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, it will send a status indication to the base station information, and then acquire at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station, and determine the measurement status of the UE based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement from the base station according to the state indication information.
  • At least one of the configuration information so that when the measurement state of the UE is the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxation state based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to enable the connection
  • the UE in the connected state inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the unconnected state.
  • it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a UE. As shown in FIG. 5 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
  • Step 501 when the UE is in an idle state, it is judged whether the UE satisfies the relaxed criterion.
  • the relaxed criterion may include at least one of the low mobility criterion, the not-at-the-cell-edge criterion, and the static criterion.
  • step 502 is continued. Otherwise, it is determined that the measurement state of the UE is a normal measurement state.
  • Step 502 switch from the idle state to the connected state, and send state indication information to the base station.
  • Step 503 Acquire relaxation indication information from the base station, where the relaxation indication information is used to indicate that the measurement state of the UE is a measurement relaxation state.
  • Step 504 Obtain the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state sent by the base station.
  • Step 505 performing relaxation processing on the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state to obtain relaxed measurement configuration information.
  • the method for relaxing the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state may include at least one of the following:
  • the relaxation processing method may be only any one of the above methods.
  • the method of relaxation treatment can be any two-two combination, any three-three combination, any four-four combination, any five-five combination, any six-six combination or all of the above parameters. seven kinds.
  • the obtained measurement configuration information after relaxation is also different.
  • the relaxation process includes: stopping normal measurement of the UE, then the normal measurement of the UE may be stopped for a period of time to implement the relaxation process.
  • the normal measurement of the UE may be stopped for one hour.
  • the relaxation process when the relaxation process includes: reducing the measurement frequency in the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state, the relaxation process performed on the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state obtains the relaxed measurement configuration
  • the information includes: reducing the measurement frequency to obtain a reduced measurement frequency, and forming relaxed measurement configuration information based on the reduced measurement frequency.
  • the measurement frequency of the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state includes: 3GHZ and 4GHZ
  • the measurement frequency may be reduced to only include 3GHZ to obtain the relaxed measurement configuration information.
  • the relaxation processing includes: increasing the period of SMTC in the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state
  • the relaxation processing performed on the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state results in the relaxed measurement configuration information including : increasing the period of the SMTC to obtain the period of the increased SMTC, and forming relaxed measurement configuration information based on the period of the increased SMTC.
  • the SMTC period of the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state includes: 5ms
  • the SMTC period may be increased to 20ms to obtain the relaxed measurement configuration information.
  • the relaxation process when the relaxation process includes: providing an expansion factor for the measurement cycle in the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state, the relaxation process performed on the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state obtains the relaxed measurement
  • the configuration information includes: determining the product of the expansion factor and the measurement period in the normal measurement state as the measurement period in the relaxed measurement state, and forming relaxed measurement configuration information based on the measurement period in the relaxed measurement state.
  • the extension factor may specifically be a natural number greater than 1.
  • the relaxation processing when the relaxation processing includes: reducing the SMTC window length in the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state, the relaxation processing performed on the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state obtains the relaxed measurement configuration information Including: reducing the SMTC window length to obtain a reduced SMTC window length, and forming relaxed measurement configuration information based on the reduced SMTC window length.
  • the SMTC window length of the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state includes: 5ms
  • the SMTC window length may be reduced to 3ms to obtain the relaxed measurement configuration information.
  • the relaxation process when the relaxation process includes: reducing the number of SSB-ToMeasure parameters in the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state, the relaxation process performed on the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state obtains the relaxed measurement
  • the configuration information includes: reducing the number of SSB-ToMeasure parameters to obtain a reduced number of SSB-ToMeasure parameters, and forming relaxed measurement configuration information based on the reduced number of SSB-ToMeasure parameters.
  • the number of SSB-ToMeasure parameters of the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state is 32, the number of SSB-ToMeasure parameters may be reduced to 8 to obtain the relaxed measurement configuration information.
  • the relaxation process when the relaxation process includes: reducing the types of pilot signals that need to be measured in the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state, the relaxation process performed on the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state is relaxed
  • the measurement configuration information includes: reducing the types of pilot signals that need to be measured to obtain the reduced types of pilot signals that need to be measured, and forming relaxed measurement configuration information based on the reduced types of pilot signals that need to be measured .
  • the types of pilot signals that need to be measured in the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state include: SSB and CSI-RS, then the types of pilot signals that need to be measured can be reduced to SSB to obtain a relaxed measurement configuration information.
  • the UE may perform relaxation processing on the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state based on at least two relaxation processing methods, Combined with other parameters in the normal measurement state, the relaxed measurement configuration information is obtained.
  • the relaxation process performed on the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state to obtain the relaxed measurement configuration information includes: determining the product of the expansion factor and the measurement cycle in the normal measurement state as the measurement cycle in the relaxed measurement state, and Reduce the types of pilot signals that need to be measured to obtain the reduced types of pilot signals that need to be measured, and based on the measurement cycle in the relaxed measurement state and the reduced types of pilot signals that need to be measured in combination with the normal measurement state Other parameters except the measurement period and the type of the pilot signal to be measured constitute the relaxed measurement configuration information.
  • the corresponding relaxation process for the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state may be the same.
  • the corresponding relaxation processing for the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state may be different.
  • the measurement configuration information of the UE that satisfies the stationary criterion for the normal measurement state The degree of relaxation of the relaxation process performed may be greater than the relaxation degree of the relaxation process of the measurement configuration information for the UE that meets the low mobility criterion for the normal measurement state and greater than that for the UE that meets the criterion that is not in the cell edge. Measures how relaxed the relaxed processing of configuration information is.
  • the relaxation processing of the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state corresponding to the UE satisfying the stationary criterion may include: stopping the normal measurement of the UE;
  • the relaxation process for the UE corresponding to the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state may include: providing an extension factor for the measurement period in the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state;
  • the relaxation process performed by the measurement configuration information may include: reducing the measurement frequency in the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state.
  • Step 506 Execute measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information, so as to determine the measurement state of the UE in the connected state as the measurement relaxation state.
  • the specific operation of performing measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information is also different.
  • the method for the UE to perform measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information may specifically include: stop measuring the UE for a period of time. Normal measurement of time.
  • the normal measurement of the UE is stopped for one hour. Then the UE can stop RRM measurement for one hour.
  • the method for the UE to perform measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information may specifically be It includes: the UE performs measurement based on the reduced measurement frequency.
  • the reduced measurement frequency is 3GHZ. Then the UE may only perform measurement on the measurement identifier including the 3GHZ frequency band, and not perform measurement on the measurement identifiers including other frequency bands, so as to realize relaxed measurement.
  • the method for the UE to perform measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information may specifically be Including: the UE performs measurements only based on the increased SMTC period.
  • the period of the increased SMTC is 20 ms. Then the UE can perform RRM measurement based on the increased SMTC period of 20 ms, so as to realize relaxed measurement.
  • the relaxation process in step 505 when the relaxation process in step 505 is: providing an extension factor for the measurement period in the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state, the UE performs measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information.
  • the method may specifically include: the UE performs measurement based on a period in a relaxed measurement state.
  • an expansion factor K is provided for the measurement period in the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state. Then the UE may perform RRM measurement at the measurement period in the relaxed measurement state determined based on the product of the measurement period in the normal measurement state and K, so as to implement relaxed measurement.
  • the UE when the relaxation process in step 505 is to reduce the SMTC window length in the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state, the UE performs a measurement relaxation method based on the relaxed measurement configuration information. It may include: the UE performs measurement based on the reduced SMTC window length.
  • the window length of the reduced SMTC is 3ms. Then the UE can perform RRM measurement based on the reduced SMTC window length of 3 ms, so as to realize relaxed measurement.
  • the UE when the relaxation process in step 505 is to reduce the number of SSB-ToMeasure parameters in the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state, the UE performs measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information.
  • the method may specifically include: the UE performs measurement based on the reduced number of SSB-ToMeasure parameters.
  • the number of reduced SSB-ToMeasure parameters is 8. Then the UE can perform RRM measurement based on the reduced number of 8 SSB-ToMeasure parameters, so as to realize relaxed measurement.
  • the UE when the relaxation process in step 505 is to reduce the types of pilot signals that need to be measured in the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state, the UE performs measurement based on the relaxed measurement configuration information
  • the relaxed method may specifically include: the UE performs measurement based on the reduced types of pilot signals that need to be measured.
  • the UE switches from the unconnected state to the connected state, and when the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, it will send a status indication to the base station information, and then acquire at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station, and determine the measurement status of the UE based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement from the base station according to the state indication information.
  • At least one of the configuration information so that when the measurement state of the UE is the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxation state based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to enable the connection
  • the UE in the connected state inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the unconnected state.
  • it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a UE. As shown in FIG. 6 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
  • Step 601 when the UE is in an idle state, it is judged whether the UE satisfies the relaxed criterion.
  • the relaxed criterion may include at least one of the low mobility criterion, the not-at-the-cell-edge criterion, and the static criterion.
  • step 602 is continued. Otherwise, it is determined that the measurement state of the UE is a normal measurement state.
  • Step 602 switch from the idle state to the connected state, and send state indication information to the base station.
  • Step 603 Obtain relaxation measurement configuration information and relaxation indication information from the base station.
  • Step 604 Determine the measurement state of the UE based on the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information.
  • the UE switches from the unconnected state to the connected state, and when the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, it will send a status indication to the base station information, and then acquire at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station, and determine the measurement status of the UE based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement from the base station according to the state indication information.
  • At least one of the configuration information so that when the measurement state of the UE is the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxation state based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to enable the connection
  • the UE in the connected state inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the unconnected state.
  • it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a UE. As shown in FIG. 7 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
  • Step 701 when the UE is in an inactive state, it is judged whether the UE satisfies the relaxed criterion.
  • the relaxed criterion may include at least one of the low mobility criterion, the not-at-the-cell-edge criterion, and the static criterion.
  • step 702 it is determined that the measurement state of the UE is the measurement relaxation state, and step 702 is continued. Otherwise, it is determined that the measurement state of the UE is a normal measurement state.
  • Step 702 switch from the inactive state to the connected state, and send state indication information to the base station.
  • the method for sending status indication information to the base station may include any of the following:
  • the first one is to send status indication information to the base station through RRC Resume Request (resume request message).
  • the second is to send status indication information to the base station through the RRC Resume Request 1 message.
  • the third way is to send status indication information to the base station through an RRC Resume Complete (resume complete) message.
  • Step 703 acquire relaxed measurement configuration information from the base station.
  • the method for the UE to obtain the relaxed measurement configuration information sent by the base station may include: obtaining The relaxed measurement configuration information sent by the base station through the RRC Resume (connection resume) message.
  • the method for the UE to obtain the relaxed measurement configuration information sent by the base station may include: obtaining the base station two Relaxed measurement configuration information for secondary RRC reconfiguration.
  • the base station relaxes the measurement configuration information through the second RRC reconfiguration, the UE does not need to perform unnecessary RRM measurement and no additional reporting during the second RRC reconfiguration process. , it can also reduce signaling overhead and save power consumption.
  • Step 704 Perform measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information, so as to determine the measurement state of the UE in the connected state as the measurement relaxed state.
  • the UE switches from the unconnected state to the connected state, and when the measurement state of the UE is in the measurement relaxation state, it will send state indication information to the base station, Then acquire at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information sent by the base station, and set the measurement state of the measurement state of the UE in the connected state to the measurement relaxation state based on the information sent by the base station. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement information sent by the base station according to the state indication information.
  • At least one of the configuration information so that when the measurement state of the UE is the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxation state based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to make the connection
  • the UE in the connected state inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the unconnected state.
  • it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a UE. As shown in FIG. 8 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
  • Step 801 when the UE is in an inactive state, it is judged whether the UE satisfies the relaxed criterion.
  • the relaxed criterion may include at least one of the low mobility criterion, the not-at-the-cell-edge criterion, and the static criterion.
  • step 802 it is determined that the measurement state of the UE is the measurement relaxation state, and step 802 is continued. Otherwise, it is determined that the measurement state of the UE is a normal measurement state.
  • Step 802 switch from the inactive state to the connected state, and send state indication information to the base station.
  • the method of sending status indication information to the base station may include any of the following:
  • the first one is to send status indication information to the base station through RRC Resume Request (resume request message).
  • the second is to send status indication information to the base station through the RRC Resume Request 1 message.
  • the third way is to send status indication information to the base station through an RRC Resume Complete (resume complete) message.
  • Step 803 Obtain relaxation indication information from the base station, where the relaxation indication information is used to indicate that the measurement state of the UE is a measurement relaxation state.
  • the method for the UE to obtain the relaxation indication information sent by the base station may include: obtaining the base station Relaxed measurement configuration information sent through the RRC Resume message.
  • the method for the UE to obtain the relaxation indication information sent by the base station may include: obtaining the base station's second Relaxation indication information for RRC reconfiguration.
  • the base station relaxes the indication information through the second RRC reconfiguration, in the process of the second RRC reconfiguration, the UE does not need to perform unnecessary RRM measurement, and does not need to perform additional reporting, Then, signaling overhead can also be reduced and power consumption can be saved.
  • Step 804 acquiring the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state sent by the base station.
  • the method for the UE to obtain the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state sent by the base station may include: obtaining the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state sent by the base station through an RRC Resume message.
  • Step 805 acquiring a predefined measurement relaxation parameter indicated by the base station.
  • the method for the UE to obtain the predefined measurement relaxation parameters indicated by the base station may include at least one of the following:
  • the first method is to obtain a predefined measurement relaxation parameter sent by the base station through a system message.
  • the predefined measurement relaxation parameter broadcast by the base station through SIB X may be acquired, where X may be any SIB.
  • the second type is to obtain a predefined measurement relaxation parameter indicated by the base station based on a protocol.
  • the base station may be acquired to indicate a predefined measurement relaxation parameter based on the TS38.331 protocol.
  • the third method is to obtain a predefined measurement relaxation parameter sent by the base station through an RRC message.
  • a predefined measurement relaxation parameter sent by the base station may be acquired that the base station sends a predefined measurement relaxation parameter to the UE through an RRC Resume message.
  • the fourth method is to acquire a predefined measurement relaxation parameter carried in the relaxation indication information.
  • the UE may acquire the predefined measurement relaxation parameter only through the first, second, third, or fourth method above.
  • the method for the UE to obtain the predefined measurement relaxation parameters indicated by the base station may also be any combination of two or three or all four of the above methods.
  • Step 806 perform measurement relaxation based on the predefined measurement relaxation parameters and the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state, so as to determine the measurement state of the UE in the connected state as the measurement relaxation state.
  • the UE switches from the unconnected state to the connected state, and when the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, it will send a status indication to the base station information, and then acquire at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station, and determine the measurement status of the UE based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement from the base station according to the state indication information.
  • At least one of the configuration information so that when the measurement state of the UE is the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxation state based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to enable the connection
  • the UE in the connected state inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the unconnected state.
  • it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a UE. As shown in FIG. 9, the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
  • Step 901 when the UE is in an inactive state, it is judged whether the UE satisfies the relaxed criterion.
  • the relaxed criterion may include at least one of the low mobility criterion, the not-at-the-cell-edge criterion, and the static criterion.
  • step 902 it is determined that the measurement state of the UE is the measurement relaxation state, and step 902 is continued. Otherwise, it is determined that the measurement state of the UE is a normal measurement state.
  • Step 902 switch from the inactive state to the connected state, and send state indication information to the base station.
  • Step 903 Acquire relaxation indication information from the base station, where the relaxation indication information is used to indicate that the measurement state of the UE is a measurement relaxation state.
  • Step 904 acquiring the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state sent by the base station.
  • Step 905 perform relaxation processing on the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state to obtain relaxed measurement configuration information.
  • Step 906 Execute measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information, so as to determine the measurement state of the UE in the connected state as the measurement relaxation state.
  • the UE switches from the unconnected state to the connected state, and when the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, it will send a status indication to the base station information, and then acquire at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station, and determine the measurement status of the UE based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement from the base station according to the state indication information.
  • At least one of the configuration information so that when the measurement state of the UE is the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxation state based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to enable the connection
  • the UE in the connected state inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the unconnected state.
  • it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a UE. As shown in FIG. 10 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
  • Step 1001 when the UE is in an inactive state, it is judged whether the UE satisfies the relaxed criterion.
  • the relaxed criterion may include at least one of the low mobility criterion, the not-at-the-cell-edge criterion, and the static criterion.
  • step 1002 it is determined that the measurement state of the UE is the measurement relaxation state, and step 1002 is continued. Otherwise, it is determined that the measurement state of the UE is a normal measurement state.
  • Step 1002 switch from the inactive state to the connected state, and send state indication information to the base station.
  • Step 1003 Acquire relaxation measurement configuration information and relaxation instruction information from the base station.
  • Step 1004 Determine the measurement status of the UE based on the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information.
  • the UE switches from the unconnected state to the connected state, and when the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, it will send a status indication to the base station information, and then acquire at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station, and determine the measurement status of the UE based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement from the base station according to the state indication information.
  • At least one of the configuration information so that when the measurement state of the UE is the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxation state based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to enable the connection
  • the UE in the connected state inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the unconnected state.
  • it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a UE. As shown in FIG. 11 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
  • Step 1101 sending UE capability information to the base station, where the UE capability information is used to indicate whether the UE is capable of reporting measurement status.
  • the UE when the UE has the capability of reporting the measurement state, the UE may send UE capability information to the base station to indicate to the base station that the UE has the capability of reporting the measurement state.
  • Step 1102 Receive reporting indication information from the base station, where the reporting indication information is used to indicate whether the UE is allowed to report the measurement status to the base station.
  • the method for the UE to receive the reporting indication information from the base station may specifically include: receiving the reporting indication information sent by the base station through a system message.
  • the method for the UE to receive the reporting indication information from the base station may specifically include: when the UE releases the RRC connection, receiving the reporting indication information sent by the base station through an RRC message (such as an RRC release message) .
  • Step 1103 switch from the unconnected state to the connected state, and when the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, send state indication information to the base station.
  • the UE capability information indicates that the UE has the capability of reporting the measurement state
  • the reporting indication information indicates that the UE is allowed to report the measurement state to the base station
  • the UE may send status indication information to the base station, so as to receive at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information sent by the base station according to the status indication information, and directly set the The measurement state of the UE is determined as the measurement relaxed state.
  • Step 1104 acquire at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station.
  • Step 1105 based on at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information, determine the measurement state of the UE.
  • the UE switches from the unconnected state to the connected state, and when the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, it will send a status indication to the base station information, and then acquire at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station, and determine the measurement status of the UE based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement from the base station according to the state indication information.
  • At least one of the configuration information so that when the measurement state of the UE is the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxation state based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to enable the connection
  • the UE in the connected state inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the unconnected state.
  • it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a base station. As shown in FIG. 12 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
  • Step 1201 receiving status indication information from a UE.
  • the base station may receive the status indication information sent by the UE through an RRC message during the RRC connection establishment/restoration process.
  • the base station when the UE switches from the idle state to the connected state and is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, the base station can receive the UE's RRC message through the RRC connection establishment process. Send status indication information.
  • the base station when the UE switches from the inactive state to the connected state and is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, the base station can receive the RRC message sent by the UE through the RRC message during the RRC connection recovery process. Status indication information.
  • the state indication information may be used to indicate that the UE is in a measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state.
  • the state indication information can also be used to indicate the specific relaxation criteria (such as low mobility criteria, not at the edge of the cell, and static criteria, etc.) that the UE is in before switching to the connected state. ).
  • Step 1202 sending at least one of relaxation instruction information and relaxation measurement configuration information to the UE.
  • the base station may only send relaxation indication information to the UE.
  • the base station may only send the relaxed measurement configuration information to the UE.
  • the base station may send relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information to the UE.
  • the base station can receive the status indication information sent from the UE through the RRC message during the RRC connection establishment/restoration process, and send the relaxation indication information and At least one of the measurement configuration information is relaxed. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement information sent by the base station according to the state indication information.
  • the UE Configure at least one of the information, so that when the UE switches to the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxed state based on at least one of the relaxed indication information and the relaxed measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to make the connected state
  • the UE inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the disconnected state. Thus, it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a base station. As shown in FIG. 13 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
  • Step 1301 Receive status indication information sent by the UE through an RRC message during RRC connection establishment.
  • the status indication information may be used to indicate that the UE satisfies the measurement relaxation criterion before switching to the connected state.
  • the state indication information can also be used to indicate the specific relaxation criteria that the UE satisfies before switching to the connected state, for example, to indicate that the low mobility criteria are satisfied, or to indicate that the Not in the cell edge criterion, or used to indicate that the static criterion is met.
  • the method for the base station to receive the status indication information sent by the UE through the RRC message during the RRC connection establishment process may specifically include any of the following methods:
  • the first one is to receive the status indication information sent by the UE through the RRC Setup Request message.
  • the second one is to receive the status indication information sent by the UE through the newly established RRC Setup Request 1 message.
  • the third one is to receive the status indication information sent by the UE through the RRC Setup Complete message.
  • Step 1302 sending relaxed measurement configuration information to the UE.
  • the base station when the base station receives the status indication information sent by the UE through any one of the first to third methods in step 1301 above, the base station sends the relaxed measurement configuration to the UE
  • the information method may include: sending relaxed measurement configuration information to the UE through an RRC Reconfiguration message.
  • the relaxed measurement configuration information may include at least one of the following:
  • a new measurement frequency the number of new measurement frequencies is less than the number of measurement frequencies in the normal measurement state
  • the period of the new SMTC is greater than the period of the SMTC in the normal measurement state
  • the window length of the new SMTC is smaller than the window length of the SMTC in the normal measurement state
  • the new SSB-ToMeasure parameter the measurement quantity corresponding to the new SSB-ToMeasure parameter is less than the measurement quantity corresponding to the SSB-ToMeasure parameter in the normal measurement state;
  • New pilot signals that need to be measured are less than the types of pilot signals in a normal measurement state.
  • the relaxed measurement configuration information may be only any one of the above configuration information.
  • the relaxed measurement configuration information may be any two-two combination, any three-three combination, any four-four combination, any five-five combination, and all six of the above configuration information.
  • the base station can receive the status indication information sent from the UE through the RRC message during the RRC connection establishment/restoration process, and send the relaxation indication information and At least one of the measurement configuration information is relaxed. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement information sent by the base station according to the state indication information.
  • the UE Configure at least one of the information, so that when the UE switches to the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxed state based on at least one of the relaxed indication information and the relaxed measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to make the connected state
  • the UE inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the disconnected state. Thus, it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a base station. As shown in FIG. 14 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
  • Step 1401 receiving status indication information sent by the UE through an RRC message during RRC connection establishment.
  • the state indication information may be used to indicate that the UE is in a measurement relaxed state before switching to the connected state.
  • the state indication information can also be used to indicate the specific relaxation criteria (such as low mobility criteria, not at the edge of the cell, and static criteria, etc.) that the UE is in before switching to the connected state. ).
  • the method for the base station to receive the status indication information sent by the UE through the RRC message during the RRC connection establishment process may specifically include any of the following methods:
  • the first one is to receive the status indication information sent by the UE through the RRC Setup Request message.
  • the second one is to receive the status indication information sent by the UE through the newly established RRC Setup Request 1 message.
  • the third one is to receive the status indication information sent by the UE through the RRC Setup Complete message.
  • Step 1402 Send relaxation indication information to the UE, where the relaxation indication information is used to indicate that the measurement state of the UE is a measurement relaxation state.
  • the base station when the base station receives the status indication information sent by the UE through any one of the first to third methods in step 1401 above, the base station sends the relaxation indication information to the UE
  • the method may include: sending at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information to the UE through an RRC Reconfiguration message.
  • the method for the base station to send the relaxation indication information to the UE may include: through RRC The Setup message sends relaxation indication information to the UE.
  • Step 1403 sending the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state to the UE.
  • the method for the base station to send the normal measurement configuration to the UE may include: sending the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state to the UE through an RRC Reconfiguration message.
  • Step 1404 indicating the predefined measurement relaxation parameters to the UE.
  • the method for the base station to indicate to the UE the predefined measurement relaxation parameters may include at least one of the following:
  • the first one is to send a predefined measurement relaxation parameter to the UE in the connected state through a system message.
  • the base station may broadcast a predefined measurement relaxation parameter through SIB X, where X may be any SIB.
  • the second type is to indicate the predefined measurement relaxation parameters to the UE in the connected state through a protocol.
  • the base station may indicate a predefined measurement relaxation parameter based on the TS38.331 protocol.
  • the third type is sending a predefined measurement relaxation parameter to the UE in the connected state through an RRC message.
  • the base station may send a predefined measurement relaxation parameter to the UE through an RRC Reconfiguration message or an RRC Setup message.
  • the predefined measurement relaxation parameters are carried in the relaxation indication information.
  • the base station may only indicate the predefined measurement relaxation parameter to the UE in the connected state through the above-mentioned first, second, third, or fourth method.
  • the method for the base station to indicate the predefined measurement relaxation parameters to the UE in the connected state may also be any two-two combination or any three-three combination or all four of the above methods.
  • measuring relaxation parameters includes at least one of the following:
  • Pre-defined measurement frequencies the number of predefined measurement frequencies is less than the number of measurement frequencies in the normal measurement state
  • a predefined SMTC the period of the predefined SMTC is greater than the period of the SMTC in the normal measurement state
  • the window length of the predefined SMTC is smaller than the window length of the SMTC in the normal measurement state
  • the predefined SSB-ToMeasure parameter the measurement quantity corresponding to the predefined SSB-ToMeasure parameter is smaller than the measurement quantity corresponding to the SSB-ToMeasure parameter in the normal measurement state;
  • the predefined types of pilot signals that need to be measured are less than the types of pilot signals that need to be measured in the normal measurement state.
  • the measurement relaxation parameter may be only any one of the above parameters.
  • the measurement relaxation parameter may be any two-two combination, any three-three combination, any four-four combination, any five-five combination, or all six of the above parameters.
  • the base station when the base station sends the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state to the UE through the RRC Reconfiguration message and indicates the predefined measurement relaxation parameters to the UE, the UE can relax the measurement based on the predefined measurement configuration information.
  • the parameters and the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state perform measurement relaxation, so that the measurement state of the UE in the connected state is determined as the measurement relaxation state.
  • the base station can receive the status indication information sent from the UE through the RRC message during the RRC connection establishment/restoration process, and send the relaxation indication information and At least one of the measurement configuration information is relaxed. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement information sent by the base station according to the state indication information.
  • the UE Configure at least one of the information, so that when the UE switches to the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxed state based on at least one of the relaxed indication information and the relaxed measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to make the connected state
  • the UE inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the disconnected state. Thus, it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a base station. As shown in FIG. 15 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
  • Step 1501 Receive status indication information sent by the UE through an RRC message during RRC connection establishment.
  • Step 1502 Send relaxation indication information to the UE, where the relaxation indication information is used to indicate that the measurement state of the UE is determined to be the measurement relaxation state.
  • Step 1503 sending the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state to the UE.
  • the base station when the base station sends relaxation indication information to the UE, and sends measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state to the UE through the RRC Reconfiguration message, the UE can relax the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state
  • the relaxed measurement configuration information is obtained through processing, so that the subsequent UE performs measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information, so that the measurement state of the UE in the connected state is the measurement relaxed state.
  • the base station can receive the status indication information sent from the UE through the RRC message during the RRC connection establishment/restoration process, and send the relaxation indication information and At least one of the measurement configuration information is relaxed. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement information sent by the base station according to the state indication information.
  • the UE Configure at least one of the information, so that when the UE switches to the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxed state based on at least one of the relaxed indication information and the relaxed measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to make the connected state
  • the UE inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the disconnected state. Thus, it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a base station. As shown in FIG. 16 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
  • Step 1601 Receive status indication information sent by the UE through an RRC message during RRC connection establishment.
  • Step 1602 sending relaxation measurement configuration information and relaxation indication information to the UE.
  • the base station can receive the status indication information sent from the UE through the RRC message during the RRC connection establishment/restoration process, and send the relaxation indication information and At least one of the measurement configuration information is relaxed. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement information sent by the base station according to the state indication information.
  • the UE Configure at least one of the information, so that when the UE switches to the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxed state based on at least one of the relaxed indication information and the relaxed measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to make the connected state
  • the UE inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the disconnected state. Thus, it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a base station. As shown in FIG. 17 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
  • Step 1701 Receive status indication information sent by the UE through an RRC message during the RRC connection recovery process.
  • the status indication information may be used to indicate that the UE satisfies the measurement relaxation criterion before switching to the connected state.
  • the state indication information can also be used to indicate the specific measurement relaxation criteria that the UE satisfies before switching to the connected state, for example, it can be used to indicate that the UE meets the low mobility criteria, or meets the It is not in the cell edge criterion, or meets the stationary criterion, etc.
  • the method for the base station to receive the status indication information sent by the UE through the RRC message in the RRC connection recovery process may specifically include any of the following methods:
  • Step 1702 sending relaxed measurement configuration information to the UE.
  • the method for the base station to send the relaxed measurement configuration information to the UE may include: At least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information is sent to the UE through an RRC Resume message.
  • the method for the base station to send the relaxed measurement configuration information to the UE may include: The RRC reconfiguration sends relaxed measurement configuration information to the UE.
  • the RRC reconfiguration sends relaxed measurement configuration information to the UE.
  • the relaxed measurement configuration information may include at least one of the following:
  • a new measurement frequency the number of new measurement frequencies is less than the number of measurement frequencies in the normal measurement state
  • the period of the new SMTC is greater than the period of the SMTC in the normal measurement state
  • the window length of the new SMTC is smaller than the window length of the SMTC in the normal measurement state
  • the new SSB-ToMeasure parameter the measurement quantity corresponding to the new SSB-ToMeasure parameter is less than the measurement quantity corresponding to the SSB-ToMeasure parameter in the normal measurement state;
  • New pilot signals that need to be measured are less than the types of pilot signals in a normal measurement state.
  • the relaxed measurement configuration information may be only any one of the above configuration information.
  • the relaxed measurement configuration information may be any two-two combination, any three-three combination, any four-four combination, any five-five combination, and all six of the above configuration information.
  • the base station can receive the status indication information sent from the UE through the RRC message during the RRC connection establishment/restoration process, and send the relaxation indication information and At least one of the measurement configuration information is relaxed. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement information sent by the base station according to the state indication information.
  • the UE Configure at least one of the information, so that when the UE switches to the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxed state based on at least one of the relaxed indication information and the relaxed measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to make the connected state
  • the UE inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the disconnected state. Thus, it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a base station. As shown in FIG. 18 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
  • Step 1801 Receive status indication information sent by the UE through an RRC message during the RRC connection recovery process.
  • the state indication information may be used to indicate that the UE is in a measurement relaxed state before switching to the connected state.
  • the state indication information can also be used to indicate the specific relaxation criteria (such as low mobility criteria, not at the edge of the cell, and static criteria, etc.) that the UE is in before switching to the connected state. ).
  • the method for the base station to receive the status indication information sent by the UE through the RRC message in the RRC connection recovery process may specifically include any of the following methods:
  • Step 1802 Send relaxation indication information to the UE, where the relaxation indication information is used to indicate that the measurement state of the UE is a measurement relaxation state.
  • the method for the base station to send the relaxation indication information to the UE may include: The RRC Resume message sends relaxation indication information to the UE.
  • the method for the base station to send the relaxed measurement configuration information to the UE may include: The RRC reconfiguration sends status indication information to the UE.
  • the base station sends the state indication information through the second RRC reconfiguration method, the UE does not need to perform unnecessary RRM measurement during the second RRC reconfiguration process, and does not need to perform additional Reporting can also reduce signaling overhead and save power consumption.
  • Step 1803 sending the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state to the UE.
  • the method for the base station to send the normal measurement configuration to the UE may include: sending the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state to the UE through an RRC Resume message.
  • Step 1804 indicating the predefined measurement relaxation parameters to the UE.
  • the method for the base station to indicate to the UE the predefined measurement relaxation parameters may include at least one of the following:
  • the first one is to send a predefined measurement relaxation parameter to the UE in the connected state through a system message.
  • the base station may broadcast a predefined measurement relaxation parameter through SIB X, where X may be any SIB.
  • the second type is to indicate the predefined measurement relaxation parameters to the UE in the connected state through a protocol.
  • the base station may indicate a predefined measurement relaxation parameter based on the TS38.331 protocol.
  • the third type is sending a predefined measurement relaxation parameter to the UE in the connected state through an RRC message.
  • the base station may send a predefined measurement relaxation parameter to the UE through an RRC Resume message.
  • the predefined measurement relaxation parameters are carried in the relaxation indication information.
  • the base station may only indicate the predefined measurement relaxation parameter to the UE in the connected state through the above-mentioned first, second, third or fourth method.
  • the method for the base station to indicate the predefined measurement relaxation parameters to the UE in the connected state may also be any two-two combination or any three-three combination or all three of the above methods.
  • measuring relaxation parameters includes at least one of the following:
  • Pre-defined measurement frequencies the number of predefined measurement frequencies is less than the number of measurement frequencies in the normal measurement state
  • a predefined SMTC the period of the predefined SMTC is greater than the period of the SMTC in the normal measurement state
  • the window length of the predefined SMTC is smaller than the window length of the SMTC in the normal measurement state
  • the predefined SSB-ToMeasure parameter the measurement quantity corresponding to the predefined SSB-ToMeasure parameter is smaller than the measurement quantity corresponding to the SSB-ToMeasure parameter in the normal measurement state;
  • Predefined types of pilot signals that need to be measured, and the types of predefined pilot signals that need to be measured are less than the types of pilot signals that need to be measured in the normal measurement state.
  • the measurement relaxation parameter may be only any one of the above parameters.
  • the measurement relaxation parameter may be any two-two combination, any three-three combination, any four-four combination, any five-five combination, or all six of the above parameters.
  • the base station when the base station sends the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state to the UE through the RRC Resume message and indicates the predefined measurement relaxation parameters to the UE, the UE can relax the parameters based on the predefined measurement Perform measurement relaxation with the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state, so that the measurement state of the UE in the connected state is the measurement relaxation state.
  • the base station can receive the status indication information sent from the UE through the RRC message during the RRC connection establishment/restoration process, and send the relaxation indication information and At least one of the measurement configuration information is relaxed. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement information sent by the base station according to the state indication information.
  • the UE Configure at least one of the information, so that when the UE switches to the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxed state based on at least one of the relaxed indication information and the relaxed measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to make the connected state
  • the UE inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the disconnected state. Thus, it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a base station. As shown in FIG. 19 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
  • Step 1901 Receive status indication information sent by the UE through an RRC message during the RRC connection recovery process.
  • Step 1902 Send relaxation indication information to the UE, where the relaxation indication information is used to indicate that the measurement state of the UE is a measurement relaxation state.
  • Step 1903 sending the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state to the UE.
  • the base station when the base station sends relaxation indication information to the UE, and sends measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state to the UE through the RRC Resume message, the UE can relax the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state
  • the relaxed measurement configuration information is obtained through processing, so that the subsequent UE performs measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information, so that the measurement state of the UE in the connected state is the measurement relaxed state.
  • the base station can receive the status indication information sent from the UE through the RRC message during the RRC connection establishment/restoration process, and send the relaxation indication information and At least one of the measurement configuration information is relaxed. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement information sent by the base station according to the state indication information.
  • the UE Configure at least one of the information, so that when the UE switches to the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxed state based on at least one of the relaxed indication information and the relaxed measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to make the connected state
  • the UE inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the disconnected state. Thus, it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a base station. As shown in FIG. 20 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
  • Step 2001 receiving status indication information sent by the UE through an RRC message during the RRC connection recovery process.
  • Step 2002 Send relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information to the UE.
  • the base station can receive the status indication information sent from the UE through the RRC message during the RRC connection establishment/restoration process, and send the relaxation indication information and At least one of the measurement configuration information is relaxed. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement information sent by the base station according to the state indication information.
  • the UE Configure at least one of the information, so that when the UE switches to the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxed state based on at least one of the relaxed indication information and the relaxed measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to make the connected state
  • the UE inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the disconnected state. Thus, it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a base station. As shown in FIG. 21 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
  • Step 2101 receiving UE capability information from the UE, the UE capability information is used to indicate whether the UE has the capability of reporting measurement status.
  • Step 2102 Send reporting indication information to the UE, where the reporting indication information is used to indicate whether the UE reports the measurement status to the base station.
  • the method for the base station to send the reporting indication information to the UE may include: sending the reporting indication information to the UE through a system message.
  • the base station when the UE releases the RRC connection, can send reporting indication information to the UE through an RRC message, so that the UE can send the status indication information before the UE switches to the connected state to the base station, so that The base station sends at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information to the UE according to the state indication information.
  • Step 2103 receiving status indication information from the UE.
  • Step 2104 sending at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information to the UE.
  • the base station can receive the status indication information sent from the UE through the RRC message during the RRC connection establishment/restoration process, and send the relaxation indication information and At least one of the measurement configuration information is relaxed. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement information sent by the base station according to the state indication information.
  • the UE Configure at least one of the information, so that when the UE switches to the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxed state based on at least one of the relaxed indication information and the relaxed measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to make the connected state
  • the UE inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the disconnected state. Thus, it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
  • the RRM measurement relaxation indication method in the embodiment of the present disclosure is illustrated as follows:
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation for an idle state UE according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 22 , the method may include the following steps:
  • Step 1 The base station releases the UE to the idle state through the RRC release message, and sends the reporting indication information to the UE through the RRC release message indicating that the UE is allowed to report the measurement status to the base station, and the UE has the capability of reporting the measurement status.
  • Step 2 The UE satisfies the static criterion in the idle state, and at the same time performs RRM measurement according to the measurement relaxation method of the static criterion, that is, performs RRM measurement on adjacent cells every 12 hours.
  • Step 3 When the UE initiates random access (connection establishment), Msg3 (RRC setup request) carries the state indication information used by the UE to indicate the static state and sends it to the base station.
  • RRC setup request RRC setup request
  • Step 4 The base station uses the RRC reconfiguration message in the connection establishment process to provide a set of relaxed measurement configuration information suitable for static criteria to the UE.
  • the relaxed measurement configuration information may include: configuring fewer measurement frequencies, configuring a longer period or Provide cycle expansion factor, reduce the types of pilot signals to be measured, reduce the measurement window length (SMTC), etc.
  • Step 5 The UE performs RRM measurement in the connected state according to the received relaxed measurement configuration information.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation for an idle state UE according to another embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 23 , the method may include the following steps:
  • Step 1 The UE satisfies the low mobility criterion in the idle state, and at the same time performs RRM measurement according to the measurement relaxation method of the low mobility criterion, that is, extends the conventional RRM measurement period by 3 times for measurement.
  • Step 2 The base station broadcasts the reporting indication information to the UE through the system message to indicate that the UE is allowed to report the measurement status to the base station, and the UE capable of reporting the measurement status can report the measurement status (that is, report the status indication information) when the connection is established.
  • Step 3 When the UE initiates random access (connection establishment), Msg5 (RRC setup complete) carries the UE's state indication information for indicating the low mobility state and sends it to the base station.
  • RRC setup complete carries the UE's state indication information for indicating the low mobility state and sends it to the base station.
  • Step 4 The base station uses the RRC reconfiguration message in the connection establishment process to provide a set of relaxed measurement configuration information suitable for static criteria to the UE.
  • the relaxed measurement configuration information may include: configuring fewer measurement frequencies, configuring a longer period, or providing Period expansion factor, reducing the types of pilot signals to be measured, reducing the measurement window length (SMTC), etc.
  • Step 5 The UE performs RRM measurement in the connected state according to the received relaxed measurement configuration information.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation for an inactive UE according to another embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 24 , the method may include the following steps:
  • Step 1 The UE satisfies both the static and non-cell edge criteria in the inactive state, and performs RRM measurement according to the corresponding relaxed measurement method, that is, performs RRM measurement on adjacent cells every 24 hours.
  • Step 2 When the UE initiates random access (connection recovery), Msg3 (RRC resume request) carries state indication information for indicating the static state and not in the cell edge state, and sends it to the base station.
  • RRC resume request carries state indication information for indicating the static state and not in the cell edge state, and sends it to the base station.
  • Step 3 The base station provides a set of relaxed measurement configuration information applicable to the stationary criterion and the non-cell edge criterion to the UE in Msg4 (RRC resume).
  • the relaxed measurement configuration information can be reflected in: configuring fewer measurement frequencies, configuring more A long period may provide a period extension factor, reduce the types of pilot signals to be measured, and reduce the measurement window length (SMTC), etc.
  • Step 4 The UE performs RRM measurement in the connected state according to the received relaxed measurement configuration information.
  • Step 1 The UE in the idle state/disconnected state satisfies a certain measurement relaxation criterion, and at the same time performs RRM measurement in the unconnected state according to the measurement relaxation method corresponding to the criterion.
  • Step 2 When the UE initiates connection establishment/restoration, the random access Msg3 (RRC setup request/RRC resume request) message carries corresponding status indication information and sends it to the base station.
  • RRC setup request/RRC resume request the random access Msg3 (RRC setup request/RRC resume request) message carries corresponding status indication information and sends it to the base station.
  • Step 3.1 the base station can instruct the UE to perform measurement relaxation in the Msg4 (RRC setup/RRC resume) message, for example, the base station sends relaxation instruction information to the UE in the RRC reconfiguration or RRC resume message to instruct the UE to perform measurement relaxation .
  • Msg4 RRC setup/RRC resume
  • Step 3.2 the base station can send measurement relaxation configuration information to the UE through an RRC reconfiguration message or an RRC resume message, so as to instruct the UE to perform measurement relaxation.
  • Step 4 The UE that receives the RRM measurement relaxation instruction from the base station can broadcast the RRM measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state, or it can follow the predefined measurement relaxation parameters indicated by the base station and the RRM measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state.
  • Measurement configuration information performs measurement relaxation.
  • the base station indicates a predefined measurement period extension factor K1, and UEs that meet the measurement relaxation criteria can multiply the measurement period in the normal measurement state by K1 to obtain a new measurement period, and perform RRM measurement according to the new measurement period.
  • Fig. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of an RRM measurement relaxation indication device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in Fig. 25 , the device 2500 may include:
  • the sending module 2501 is configured to switch from the unconnected state to the connected state, and when the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, send status indication information to the base station;
  • Obtaining module 2502 used for at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station;
  • the handover module 2503 is configured to determine the measurement state of the UE based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information.
  • the UE switches from the unconnected state to the connected state, and when the measurement state of the UE is in the measurement relaxation state, it will send state indication information to the base station, Then acquire at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information sent by the base station, and set the measurement state of the measurement state of the UE in the connected state to the measurement relaxation state based on the information sent by the base station. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement information sent by the base station according to the state indication information.
  • At least one of the configuration information so that when the measurement state of the UE is the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxation state based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to enable the connection
  • the UE in the connected state inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the unconnected state.
  • it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
  • the above-mentioned device is also used for:
  • the relaxed criterion includes at least one of a low mobility criterion, a non-cell edge criterion, and a static criterion
  • the UE If the UE satisfies the relaxation criterion, determine that the measurement state of the UE is the measurement relaxation state;
  • the measurement state of the UE is a normal measurement state.
  • switching from the unconnected state to the connected state includes:
  • the above-mentioned sending module 2501 is also used for:
  • the above-mentioned acquisition module 2502 is also used to:
  • the above-mentioned acquisition module 2502 is also used to:
  • switching from the unconnected state to the connected state includes:
  • the above-mentioned sending module 2501 is also used for:
  • the above-mentioned acquisition module 2502 is also used to:
  • the above-mentioned acquisition module 2502 is also used to:
  • the relaxed measurement configuration information includes at least one of the following:
  • a new measurement frequency the number of new measurement frequencies is less than the number of measurement frequencies in the normal measurement state
  • the new synchronization signal block measurement time configuration SMTC the period of the new SMTC is greater than the period of the SMTC in the normal measurement state;
  • the window length of the new SMTC is smaller than the window length of the SMTC in the normal measurement state
  • the new synchronization signal block measures the SSB-ToMeasure parameter, and the measurement quantity corresponding to the new SSB-ToMeasure parameter is smaller than the measurement quantity corresponding to the SSB-ToMeasure parameter in the normal measurement state;
  • New pilot signals that need to be measured are less than the types of pilot signals in a normal measurement state.
  • the above switching module 2503 is also used for:
  • the above-mentioned acquisition module 2502 is also used to:
  • the relaxation indication information sent by the base station is acquired, where the relaxation indication information is used to indicate that the measurement state of the UE is a measurement relaxation state.
  • the above-mentioned device is also used for:
  • the above switching module 2503 is also used for:
  • the predefined measurement relaxation parameters include at least one of the following:
  • Pre-defined measurement frequencies the number of predefined measurement frequencies is less than the number of measurement frequencies in the normal measurement state
  • a predefined SMTC the period of the predefined SMTC is greater than the period of the SMTC in the normal measurement state
  • the window length of the predefined SMTC is smaller than the window length of the SMTC in the normal measurement state
  • the predefined SSB-ToMeasure parameter the measurement quantity corresponding to the predefined SSB-ToMeasure parameter is less than the measurement quantity corresponding to the SSB-ToMeasure parameter in the normal measurement state;
  • the types of the predefined pilot signals that need to be measured are less than the types of the pilot signals in the normal measurement state.
  • the above-mentioned device is also used for:
  • the above switching module 2503 is also used for:
  • the relaxation process includes at least one of the following:
  • the above-mentioned device is also used for:
  • the reporting indication information from the base station is received, where the reporting indication information is used to indicate whether the UE reports the measurement state to the base station.
  • the above-mentioned device is also used for:
  • the reporting indication information sent by the base station through a system message is received.
  • the above-mentioned device is also used for:
  • the UE When the UE releases the RRC connection, it receives the reporting indication information sent by the base station through the RRC message.
  • the above-mentioned sending module 2501 is also used for:
  • the UE capability information indicates that the UE has the capability of reporting the measurement status
  • the reporting indication information indicates that the UE reports the measurement status to the base station
  • the status indication information before the UE switches to the connected state is sent to the base station.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic structural diagram of an RRM measurement relaxation indication device provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 26 , the device 2600 may include:
  • a receiving module 2601 configured to receive status indication information sent by the UE
  • the sending module 2602 is configured to send at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information to the UE.
  • the base station may receive the status indication information sent by the UE, and send at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information to the UE. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement information sent by the base station according to the state indication information.
  • At least one of the configuration information so that when the measurement state of the UE is the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxation state based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to enable the connection
  • the UE in the connected state inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the unconnected state.
  • it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
  • the above-mentioned receiving module 2601 is also used for:
  • the above sending module 2602 is also used to:
  • the above sending module 2602 is also used to:
  • At least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information is sent to the UE through an RRC Reconfiguration message.
  • the above-mentioned receiving module 2601 is also used for:
  • the above sending module 2602 is also used to:
  • At least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information is sent to the UE through an RRC Resume message.
  • the above sending module 2602 is also used to:
  • the relaxed measurement configuration information includes at least one of the following:
  • a new measurement frequency the number of new measurement frequencies is less than the number of measurement frequencies in the normal measurement state
  • the period of the new SMTC is greater than the period of the SMTC in the normal measurement state
  • the window length of the new SMTC is smaller than the window length of the SMTC in the normal measurement state
  • the new SSB-ToMeasure parameter the measurement quantity corresponding to the new SSB-ToMeasure parameter is less than the measurement quantity corresponding to the SSB-ToMeasure parameter in the normal measurement state;
  • New pilot signals that need to be measured are less than the types of pilot signals in a normal measurement state.
  • the above-mentioned sending module 2602 is also used for:
  • the relaxation indication information is used to indicate that the measurement state of the UE is a measurement relaxation state.
  • the above-mentioned device is also used for:
  • the above-mentioned device is also used for:
  • the above-mentioned device is also used for:
  • the predefined measurement relaxation parameters are indicated to the UE through an RRC message.
  • the predefined measurement relaxation parameters include at least one of the following:
  • Pre-defined measurement frequencies the number of predefined measurement frequencies is less than the number of measurement frequencies in the normal measurement state
  • a predefined SMTC the period of the predefined SMTC is greater than the period of the SMTC in the normal measurement state
  • the window length of the predefined SMTC is smaller than the window length of the SMTC in the normal measurement state
  • the predefined SSB-ToMeasure parameter the measurement quantity corresponding to the predefined SSB-ToMeasure parameter is less than the measurement quantity corresponding to the SSB-ToMeasure parameter in the normal measurement state;
  • the types of the predefined pilot signals that need to be measured are less than the types of the pilot signals in the normal measurement state.
  • the above-mentioned device is also used for:
  • reporting indication information is used to indicate whether the UE reports the measurement state to the base station.
  • the above-mentioned device is also used for:
  • the above-mentioned device is also used for:
  • the UE When the UE releases the RRC connection, it sends the reporting indication information to the UE through an RRC message.
  • the computer storage medium provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure stores an executable program; after the executable program is executed by a processor, the method shown in any one of FIGS. 1 to 11 or 12 to 21 can be implemented.
  • the present disclosure further proposes a computer program product, including a computer program.
  • a computer program product including a computer program.
  • the computer program is executed by a processor, the method shown in any one of FIGS. 1 to 11 or 12 to 21 is implemented.
  • the present disclosure further proposes a computer program.
  • the program When the program is executed by a processor, the method shown in any one of FIG. 1 to FIG. 11 or FIG. 12 to FIG. 21 can be realized.
  • Fig. 27 is a block diagram of a user equipment UE2700 provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the UE2700 can be a mobile phone, a computer, a digital broadcast terminal device, a messaging device, a game console, a tablet device, a medical device, a fitness device, a personal digital assistant, and the like.
  • UE2700 may include at least one of the following components: a processing component 2702, a memory 2704, a power supply component 2706, a multimedia component 2708, an audio component 2710, an input/output (I/O) interface 2712, a sensor component 2713, and a communication component 2716.
  • a processing component 2702 may include at least one of the following components: a processing component 2702, a memory 2704, a power supply component 2706, a multimedia component 2708, an audio component 2710, an input/output (I/O) interface 2712, a sensor component 2713, and a communication component 2716.
  • a processing component 2702 may include at least one of the following components: a processing component 2702, a memory 2704, a power supply component 2706, a multimedia component 2708, an audio component 2710, an input/output (I/O) interface 2712, a sensor component 2713, and a communication component 2716.
  • I/O input/output
  • Processing component 2702 generally controls the overall operations of UE 2700, such as those associated with display, phone calls, data communications, camera operations, and recording operations.
  • the processing component 2702 may include at least one processor 2720 to execute instructions, so as to complete all or part of the steps of the above method.
  • processing component 2702 can include at least one module that facilitates interaction between processing component 2702 and other components.
  • processing component 2702 may include a multimedia module to facilitate interaction between multimedia component 2708 and processing component 2702 .
  • the memory 2704 is configured to store various types of data to support operations at the UE 2700 . Examples of such data include instructions for any application or method operating on the UE2700, contact data, phonebook data, messages, pictures, videos, etc.
  • the memory 2704 can be realized by any type of volatile or non-volatile storage device or their combination, such as static random access memory (SRAM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (EPROM), Programmable Read Only Memory (PROM), Read Only Memory (ROM), Magnetic Memory, Flash Memory, Magnetic or Optical Disk.
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • EEPROM electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
  • EPROM erasable Programmable Read Only Memory
  • PROM Programmable Read Only Memory
  • ROM Read Only Memory
  • Magnetic Memory Flash Memory
  • Magnetic or Optical Disk Magnetic Disk
  • the power supply component 2706 provides power to various components of the UE 2700.
  • Power components 2706 may include a power management system, at least one power supply, and other components associated with generating, managing, and distributing power for UE 2700 .
  • the multimedia component 2708 includes a screen providing an output interface between the UE 2700 and the user.
  • the screen may include a liquid crystal display (LCD) and a touch panel (TP). If the screen includes a touch panel, the screen may be implemented as a touch screen to receive input signals from a user.
  • the touch panel includes at least one touch sensor to sense touch, slide, and gestures on the touch panel. The touch sensor may not only sense a boundary of a touch or slide action, but also detect a wake-up time and pressure related to the touch or slide operation.
  • multimedia component 2708 includes a front camera and/or rear camera. When UE2700 is in operation mode, such as shooting mode or video mode, the front camera and/or rear camera can receive external multimedia data. Each front camera and rear camera can be a fixed optical lens system or have focal length and optical zoom capability.
  • the audio component 2710 is configured to output and/or input audio signals.
  • the audio component 2710 includes a microphone (MIC), which is configured to receive an external audio signal when the UE 2700 is in an operation mode, such as a call mode, a recording mode, and a voice recognition mode. Received audio signals may be further stored in memory 2704 or sent via communication component 2716 .
  • the audio component 2710 also includes a speaker for outputting audio signals.
  • the I/O interface 2712 provides an interface between the processing component 2702 and a peripheral interface module, which may be a keyboard, a click wheel, a button, and the like. These buttons may include, but are not limited to: a home button, volume buttons, start button, and lock button.
  • the sensor component 2713 includes at least one sensor, which is used to provide various aspects of status assessment for the UE 2700 .
  • the sensor component 2713 can detect the open/close state of the device 2700, the relative positioning of components, such as the display and the keypad of the UE2700, the sensor component 2713 can also detect the position change of the UE2700 or a component of the UE2700, and the user and Presence or absence of UE2700 contact, UE2700 orientation or acceleration/deceleration and temperature change of UE2700.
  • Sensor assembly 2713 may include a proximity sensor configured to detect the presence of nearby objects in the absence of any physical contact.
  • the sensor assembly 2713 may also include light sensors, such as CMOS or CCD image sensors, for use in imaging applications.
  • the sensor component 2713 may also include an acceleration sensor, a gyro sensor, a magnetic sensor, a pressure sensor or a temperature sensor.
  • Communication component 2716 is configured to facilitate wired or wireless communications between UE 2700 and other devices.
  • UE2700 can access wireless networks based on communication standards, such as WiFi, 2G or 3G, or their combination.
  • the communication component 2716 receives broadcast signals or broadcast related information from an external broadcast management system via a broadcast channel.
  • the communication component 2716 also includes a near field communication (NFC) module to facilitate short-range communication.
  • NFC near field communication
  • the NFC module may be implemented based on Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) technology, Infrared Data Association (IrDA) technology, Ultra Wide Band (UWB) technology, Bluetooth (BT) technology and other technologies.
  • RFID Radio Frequency Identification
  • IrDA Infrared Data Association
  • UWB Ultra Wide Band
  • Bluetooth Bluetooth
  • UE2700 may be powered by at least one Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), Digital Signal Processor (DSP), Digital Signal Processing Device (DSPD), Programmable Logic Device (PLD), Field Programmable Gate Array ( FPGA), controller, microcontroller, microprocessor or other electronic components for implementing the above method.
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
  • DSP Digital Signal Processor
  • DSPD Digital Signal Processing Device
  • PLD Programmable Logic Device
  • FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
  • controller microcontroller, microprocessor or other electronic components for implementing the above method.
  • Fig. 28 is a block diagram of a base station 2800 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • base station 2800 may be provided as a base station.
  • the base station 2800 includes a processing component 2811, which further includes at least one processor, and a memory resource represented by a memory 2832 for storing instructions executable by the processing component 2822, such as application programs.
  • the application programs stored in memory 2832 may include one or more modules each corresponding to a set of instructions.
  • the processing component 2815 is configured to execute instructions, so as to execute any of the aforementioned methods applied to the base station, for example, the method shown in FIG. 1 .
  • Base station 2800 may also include a power component 2826 configured to perform power management of base station 2800, a wired or wireless network interface 2850 configured to connect base station 2800 to a network, and an input output (I/O) interface 2858.
  • the base station 2800 can operate based on an operating system stored in the memory 2832, such as Windows ServerTM, Mac OS XTM, UnixTM, LinuxTM, Free BSDTM or similar.

Abstract

The present disclosure belongs to the technical field of communications. Provided are an RRM measurement relaxation indication method and apparatus, and a user equipment (UE), a base station and a storage medium. The method comprises: a UE being able to switch from a disconnected state to a connected state, and when the UE is in a measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, sending state indication information to a base station; acquiring at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxed measurement configuration information which are sent by the base station; and on the basis of the information sent by the base station, determining the measurement state of the UE in the connected state to be the measurement relaxation state. By means of the method provided in the embodiments of the present disclosure, secondary RRC reconfiguration when a UE which meets measurement relaxation in a disconnected state enters a connected state is avoided, and redundant signaling interaction and measurement processes are reduced, thereby reducing signaling overheads and reducing the power consumption.

Description

一种无线资源管理RRM测量放松指示方法、装置、用户设备、基站及存储介质A radio resource management RRM measurement relaxation indication method, device, user equipment, base station and storage medium 技术领域technical field
本公开涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种RRM测量放松指示方法、装置、用户设备、基站及存储介质。The present disclosure relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular to a method, device, user equipment, base station, and storage medium for RRM measurement relaxation indication.
背景技术Background technique
在通信系统中,当UE满足测量放松准则(例如低移动性准则、未处小区边缘准则以及静止准则等)时,会将UE的测量状态确定为测量放松状态,以降低UE功耗。In a communication system, when the UE satisfies measurement relaxation criteria (such as low mobility criteria, not at the edge of a cell, and static criteria, etc.), the measurement state of the UE will be determined as a measurement relaxation state to reduce UE power consumption.
相关技术中,当处于测量放松状态的非连接态UE进入连接态时,基站无法知悉UE在非连接态的行为,则基站会通过RRC(Radio Resource Control,无线资源控制)消息先向UE配置用于正常测量的测量配置信息,之后,UE会重新判断其是否满足测量放松准则,当满足时,上报基站,并接收基站配置的放松测量配置信息,以将UE的测量状态确定为测量放松状态。In related technologies, when a UE in a non-connected state that is in a relaxed measurement state enters a connected state, the base station cannot know the behavior of the UE in the non-connected state, and the base station will first configure the UE with an RRC (Radio Resource Control, radio resource control) message. Based on the measurement configuration information for normal measurement, the UE will then re-judge whether it meets the measurement relaxation criteria, and if so, report to the base station and receive the relaxed measurement configuration information configured by the base station to determine the measurement state of the UE as the measurement relaxation state.
也即是,相关技术中,处于测量放松状态的UE每次进入连接态时,需要进行二次RRC配置才能将UE的测量状态确定为测量放松状态,并且在该二次RRC配置的过程中,UE还需要进行不必要的测量,以及额外的RRM测量放松指示上报,从而造成了信令交互及测量过程的冗余。That is to say, in the related art, every time a UE in the measurement relaxed state enters the connected state, a second RRC configuration is required to determine the measurement state of the UE as the measurement relaxed state, and in the process of the second RRC configuration, The UE also needs to perform unnecessary measurements and report an additional RRM measurement relaxation indication, thus causing redundancy in the signaling interaction and measurement process.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本公开提出的RRM测量放松指示方法、装置、用户设备、基站及存储介质,以解决非连接态并处于测量放松状态中的UE在进入连接态时,信令交互及测量过程的冗余的技术问题。The RRM measurement relaxation indication method, device, user equipment, base station, and storage medium proposed in the present disclosure are used to solve the redundant technology of signaling interaction and measurement process when UE in the unconnected state and in the measurement relaxation state enters the connected state question.
本公开一方面实施例提出的RRM测量放松指示方法,应用于UE,包括:An RRM measurement relaxation indication method proposed by an embodiment of the present disclosure is applied to a UE, including:
从非连接态切换至连接态,并当所述UE在切换至连接态前处于测量放松状态,向基站发送状态指示信息;Switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, and when the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, sending state indication information to the base station;
获取来自所述基站的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个;Acquiring at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station;
基于所述放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,确定所述UE的测量状态。Determine the measurement state of the UE based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information.
本公开另一方面实施例提出的RRM测量放松指示方法,应用于基站,包括:The RRM measurement relaxation indication method proposed by another embodiment of the present disclosure is applied to a base station, including:
接收来自UE的状态指示信息;receiving status indication information from the UE;
向所述UE发送放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个。Sending at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information to the UE.
本公开又一方面实施例提出的RRM测量放松指示装置,包括:In yet another aspect of the present disclosure, the RRM measurement relaxation indication device proposed by the embodiment includes:
发送模块,用于从非连接态切换至连接态,并当所述UE在的测量状态为连接态前处于测量放松状态,向基站发送状态指示信息;A sending module, configured to switch from the unconnected state to the connected state, and when the measurement state of the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before the connection state, send state indication information to the base station;
获取模块,用于获取来自所述基站的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个;An obtaining module, configured to obtain at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station;
确定模块,用于基于所述放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,确定所述UE的测量状态。A determining module, configured to determine the measurement state of the UE based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information.
本公开又一方面实施例提出的RRM测量放松指示装置,包括:In yet another aspect of the present disclosure, the RRM measurement relaxation indication device proposed by the embodiment includes:
接收模块,用于接收来自UE发送的状态指示信息;A receiving module, configured to receive status indication information sent from the UE;
发送模块,用于向所述UE发送放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个。A sending module, configured to send at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information to the UE.
本公开又一方面实施例提出的一种用户设备,包括:收发器;存储器;处理器,分别与所述收发器及所述存储器连接,配置为通过执行所述存储器上的计算机可执行指令,控制所述收发器的无线信号收发,并能够实现如上一方面实施例提出的方法。A user equipment provided by an embodiment of another aspect of the present disclosure includes: a transceiver; a memory; and a processor, which are respectively connected to the transceiver and the memory, and configured to execute computer-executable instructions on the memory, The wireless signal transmission and reception of the transceiver is controlled, and the method proposed in the embodiment of the above aspect can be implemented.
本公开又一方面实施例提出的一种基站,其中,包括:收发器;存储器;处理器,分别与所述收发器及所述存储器连接,配置为通过执行所述存储器上的计算机可执行指令,控制所述收发器的无线信号收发,并能够实现如上另一方面实施例提出的方法。A base station according to an embodiment of another aspect of the present disclosure, which includes: a transceiver; a memory; and a processor, connected to the transceiver and the memory respectively, configured to execute computer-executable instructions on the memory , controlling the wireless signal sending and receiving of the transceiver, and implementing the method proposed in the above embodiment of the other aspect.
本公开又一方面实施例提出的计算机存储介质,其中,所述计算机存储介质存储有计算机可执行指令;所述计算机可执行指令被处理器执行后,能够实现如上所述的方法。In yet another aspect of the present disclosure, the computer storage medium provided by the embodiment, wherein the computer storage medium stores computer-executable instructions; after the computer-executable instructions are executed by a processor, the method as described above can be implemented.
综上所述,在本公开实施例提供的RRM测量放松指示方法、装置、用户设备、基站及存储介质之中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态,并当UE切换至连接态前处于测量放松状态时,会向基站发送状态指示信息,再获取来自基站的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,并基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,确定UE的测量状态。由此,在本公开实施例中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态前若处于测量放松状态,则会向基站发送状态指示信息,并获取来自基站根据状态指示信息的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,以便当UE的测量状态为连接态时可以基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个直接进入测量放松状态,也即是,仅需一次RRC配置即可使得连接态的UE继承非连接态UE的测量放松状态。由此,避免了在非连接态下满足测量放松的UE在进入连接态时的二次RRC重配,减少了冗余的信令交互及测量过程,降低了信令的开销,且节省了功耗。In summary, in the RRM measurement relaxation indication method, device, user equipment, base station, and storage medium provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure, the UE switches from the unconnected state to the connected state, and is in the measurement state before switching to the connected state. In the relaxed state, the state indication information will be sent to the base station, and at least one of the relaxed indication information and the relaxed measurement configuration information from the base station will be obtained, and based on at least one of the relaxed indication information and the relaxed measurement configuration information, the measurement state of the UE will be determined . Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement from the base station according to the state indication information. At least one of the configuration information, so that when the measurement state of the UE is the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxation state based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to enable the connection The UE in the connected state inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the unconnected state. Thus, it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
本公开附加的方面和优点将在下面的描述中部分给出,部分将从下面的描述中变得明显,或通过本公开的实践了解到。Additional aspects and advantages of the disclosure will be set forth in part in the description which follows, and in part will be obvious from the description, or may be learned by practice of the disclosure.
附图说明Description of drawings
本公开上述的和/或附加的方面和优点从下面结合附图对实施例的描述中将变得明显和容易理解,其中:The above and/or additional aspects and advantages of the present disclosure will become apparent and understandable from the following description of the embodiments in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, wherein:
图1为本公开一个实施例所提供的RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图2为本公开另一个实施例所提供的RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图3为本公开再一个实施例所提供的RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图4为本公开又一个实施例所提供的RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图5为本公开又一个实施例所提供的RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图6为本公开又一个实施例所提供的RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图7为本公开又一个实施例所提供的RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图8为本公开又一个实施例所提供的RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图9为本公开又一个实施例所提供的RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图10为本公开又一个实施例所提供的RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图11为本公开又一个实施例所提供的RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating relaxation of RRM measurement provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图12为本公开又一个实施例所提供的RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图13为本公开又一个实施例所提供的RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic flow chart of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图14为本公开又一个实施例所提供的RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating relaxation of RRM measurement provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图15为本公开又一个实施例所提供的RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图;FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating relaxation of RRM measurement provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图16为本公开又一个实施例所提供的RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图;FIG. 16 is a schematic flowchart of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图17为本公开又一个实施例所提供的RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图;FIG. 17 is a schematic flow chart of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图18为本公开又一个实施例所提供的RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图;FIG. 18 is a schematic flowchart of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图19为本公开又一个实施例所提供的RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图;FIG. 19 is a schematic flowchart of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图20为本公开又一个实施例所提供的RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图;FIG. 20 is a schematic flowchart of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图21为本公开又一个实施例所提供的RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图;FIG. 21 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating relaxation of RRM measurement provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图22为本公开一个实施例所提供的针对于空闲态UE的RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图;FIG. 22 is a schematic flow diagram of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method for an idle UE according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图23为本公开另一个实施例所提供的针对于空闲态UE的RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图;FIG. 23 is a schematic flowchart of an RRM measurement relaxation indication method for an idle UE according to another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图24本公开又一个实施例所提供的针对非激活态UE的RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图;FIG. 24 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation for an inactive UE according to yet another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图25为本公开一个实施例所提供的RRM测量放松指示装置的结构示意图;Fig. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of an RRM measurement relaxation indication device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图26为本公开另一个实施例所提供的RRM测量放松指示装置的结构示意图;Fig. 26 is a schematic structural diagram of an RRM measurement relaxation indication device provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图27是本公开一个实施例所提供的一种用户设备的框图;Fig. 27 is a block diagram of a user equipment provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图28为本公开一个实施例所提供的一种基站的框图。Fig. 28 is a block diagram of a base station provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
具体实施方式detailed description
这里将详细地对示例性实施例进行说明,其示例表示在附图中。下面的描述涉及附图时,除非另有表示,不同附图中的相同数字表示相同或相似的要素。以下示例性实施例中所描述的实施方式并不代表与本公开实施例相一致的所有实施方式。相反,它们仅是与如所附权利要求书中所详述的、本公开实施例的一些方面相一致的装置和方法的例子。Reference will now be made in detail to the exemplary embodiments, examples of which are illustrated in the accompanying drawings. When the following description refers to the accompanying drawings, the same numerals in different drawings refer to the same or similar elements unless otherwise indicated. The implementations described in the following exemplary embodiments do not represent all implementations consistent with the embodiments of the present disclosure. Rather, they are merely examples of apparatuses and methods consistent with aspects of the disclosed embodiments as recited in the appended claims.
在本公开实施例使用的术语是仅仅出于描述特定实施例的目的,而非旨在限制本公开实施例。在本公开实施例和所附权利要求书中所使用的单数形式的“一种”和“该”也旨在包括多数形式,除非上下文清楚地表示其他含义。还应当理解,本文中使用的术语“和/或”是指并包含一个或多个相关联的列出项目的任何或所有可能组合。Terms used in the embodiments of the present disclosure are for the purpose of describing specific embodiments only, and are not intended to limit the embodiments of the present disclosure. As used in the examples of this disclosure and the appended claims, the singular forms "a" and "the" are also intended to include the plural unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. It should also be understood that the term "and/or" as used herein refers to and includes any and all possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed items.
应当理解,尽管在本公开实施例可能采用术语第一、第二、第三等来描述各种信息,但这些信息不应限于这些术语。这些术语仅用来将同一类型的信息彼此区分开。例如,在不脱离本公开实施例范围的情况下,第一信息也可以被称为第二信息,类似地,第二信息也可以被称为第一信息。取决于语境,如在此所使用的词语“如果”及“若”可以被解释成为“在……时”或“当……时”或“响应于确定”。It should be understood that although the embodiments of the present disclosure may use the terms first, second, third, etc. to describe various information, the information should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish information of the same type from one another. For example, without departing from the scope of the embodiments of the present disclosure, first information may also be called second information, and similarly, second information may also be called first information. Depending on the context, the words "if" and "if" as used herein may be interpreted as "at" or "when" or "in response to a determination."
下面详细描述本公开的实施例,所述实施例的示例在附图中示出,其中自始至终相同或类似的标号表示相同或类似的要素。下面通过参考附图描述的实施例是示例性的,旨在用于解释本公开,而不能理解为对本公开的限制。Embodiments of the present disclosure are described in detail below, examples of which are illustrated in the accompanying drawings, wherein like or similar reference numerals designate like or similar elements throughout. The embodiments described below by referring to the figures are exemplary and are intended to explain the present disclosure and should not be construed as limiting the present disclosure.
其中,在本公开实施例提供的RRM测量放松指示方法之中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态,并当UE切换至连接态前处于测量放松状态时,会向基站发送状态指示信息,再获取来自基站的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,并基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,确定UE的测量状态。由此,在本公开实施例中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态前若处于测量放松状态,则会向基站发送状态指示信息,并获取来自基站根据状态指示信息的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,以便当UE的测量状态为连接态时可以基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个直接进入测量放松状态,也即是,仅需一次RRC配置即可使得连接态的UE继承非连接态UE的测量放松状态。由此,避免了在非连接态下满足测量放松的UE在进入连接态时的二次RRC重配,减少了冗余的信令交互及测量过程,降低了信令的开销,且节省了功耗。Among them, in the RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure, the UE switches from the unconnected state to the connected state, and when the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, it will send status indication information to the base station, and then Acquiring at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station, and determining a measurement state of the UE based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement from the base station according to the state indication information. At least one of the configuration information, so that when the measurement state of the UE is the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxation state based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to enable the connection The UE in the connected state inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the unconnected state. Thus, it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
下面参考附图对本公开提供的RRM测量放松指示方法、装置、用户设备、基站及存储介质进行详细描述。The following describes in detail the RRM measurement relaxation indication method, device, user equipment, base station and storage medium provided by the present disclosure with reference to the accompanying drawings.
图1为本公开实施例所提供的一种RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图,应用于UE,如图1所示,该RRM测量放松指示方法可以包括以下步骤:FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a UE. As shown in FIG. 1 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
步骤101、从非连接态切换至连接态,并当UE在切换至连接态前处于测量放松状态时,向基站发送状态指示信息。 Step 101, switch from the unconnected state to the connected state, and when the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, send state indication information to the base station.
需要说明的是,本公开实施例的指示方法可以应用在任意的UE中。UE可以是指向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备。UE可以经RAN(Radio Access Network,无线接入网)与一个或多个核心网进行通信,UE可以是物联网终端,如传感器设备、移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)和具有物联网终端的计算机,例如,可以是固定式、便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的装置。例如,站(Station,STA)、订户单元(subscriber unit)、订户站(subscriber station),移动站(mobile station)、移动台(mobile)、远程站(remote station)、接入点、远程终端(remoteterminal)、接入终端(access terminal)、用户装置(user terminal)或用户代理(useragent)。或者,UE也可以是无人飞行器的设备。或者,UE也可以是车载设备,比如,可以是具有无线通信功能的行车电脑,或者是外接行车电脑的无线终端。或者,UE也可以是路边设备,比如,可以是具有无线通信功能的路灯、信号灯或者其它路边设备等。It should be noted that the indication method in the embodiment of the present disclosure may be applied to any UE. A UE may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user. UE can communicate with one or more core networks via RAN (Radio Access Network, wireless access network). UE can be an Internet of Things terminal, such as a sensor device, a mobile phone (or called a "cellular" phone) and a device with an Internet of Things The computer of the terminal, for example, may be a fixed, portable, pocket, hand-held, computer-built-in or vehicle-mounted device. For example, station (Station, STA), subscriber unit (subscriber unit), subscriber station (subscriber station), mobile station (mobile station), mobile station (mobile), remote station (remote station), access point, remote terminal ( remote terminal), access terminal, user terminal, or user agent. Alternatively, the UE may also be a device of an unmanned aerial vehicle. Alternatively, the UE may also be a vehicle-mounted device, for example, it may be a trip computer with a wireless communication function, or a wireless terminal connected externally to the trip computer. Alternatively, the UE may also be a roadside device, for example, it may be a street lamp, a signal lamp, or other roadside devices with a wireless communication function.
在本公开的一个实施之中,状态指示信息可以用于指示UE在切换至连接态前满足测量放松准则。In an implementation of the present disclosure, the state indication information may be used to indicate that the UE satisfies the measurement relaxation criterion before switching to the connected state.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,非连接态可以为空闲态或非激活态。Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the disconnected state may be an idle state or an inactive state.
以及,在本公开的一个实施例之中,UE向基站发送状态指示信息的方法可以包括:通过RRC(Radio Resource Control,无线资源控制)连接建立/恢复过程中的RRC消息向基站发送状态指示信息。And, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the method for the UE to send the status indication information to the base station may include: sending the status indication information to the base station through an RRC message in the RRC (Radio Resource Control, radio resource control) connection establishment/restoration process .
具体的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,UE从空闲态切换至连接态,并在切换至连接态前处于测量 放松状态时,会通过RRC连接建立过程中的RRC消息向基站发送状态指示信息。在本公开的另一个实施例之中,当UE从非激活态切换至连接态,并在切换至连接态前处于测量放松状态时,会通过RRC连接恢复过程中的RRC消息向基站发送状态指示信息。Specifically, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, when the UE switches from the idle state to the connected state, and is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, it will send a status indication to the base station through an RRC message during the RRC connection establishment process information. In another embodiment of the present disclosure, when the UE switches from the inactive state to the connected state and is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, it will send a status indication to the base station through an RRC message during the RRC connection recovery process information.
步骤102、获取来自基站的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个中的至少一个。 Step 102, acquire at least one of at least one of relaxation instruction information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,上述放松指示信息具体用于指示允许连接态UE的测量状态为测量放松状态。放松测量配置信息具体用于执行放松测量。Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the above relaxation indication information is specifically used to indicate that the measurement state of the UE in the connected state is allowed to be the measurement relaxation state. The relaxed measurement configuration information is specifically used to perform relaxed measurement.
以及,在本公开的一个实施例之中,UE会仅获取到基站发送的放松指示信息。在本公开的另一个实施例之中,UE会仅获取到基站发送的放松测量配置信息。在本公开的又一个实施例之中,UE获取到基站发送的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息。And, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the UE will only obtain the relaxation indication information sent by the base station. In another embodiment of the present disclosure, the UE will only obtain the relaxed measurement configuration information sent by the base station. In yet another embodiment of the present disclosure, the UE obtains the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information sent by the base station.
步骤103、基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,确定UE的测量状态。 Step 103, based on at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information, determine a measurement state of the UE.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,上述的正常测量状态和测量放松状态均是用于对RRM(Radio Resource management,无线资源管理)进行测量,并且,主要是对相邻小区RRM的测量。Wherein, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, the above-mentioned normal measurement state and measurement relaxation state are both used to measure RRM (Radio Resource Management, radio resource management), and mainly measure the RRM of adjacent cells .
综上所述,在本公开实施例提供的RRM测量放松指示方法之中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态,并当UE切换至连接态前处于测量放松状态时,会向基站发送状态指示信息,再获取来自基站的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,并基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,确定UE的测量状态。由此,在本公开实施例中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态前若处于测量放松状态,则会向基站发送状态指示信息,并获取来自基站根据状态指示信息的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,以便当UE的测量状态为连接态时可以基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个直接进入测量放松状态,也即是,仅需一次RRC配置即可使得连接态的UE继承非连接态UE的测量放松状态。由此,避免了在非连接态下满足测量放松的UE在进入连接态时的二次RRC重配,减少了冗余的信令交互及测量过程,降低了信令的开销,且节省了功耗。To sum up, in the RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure, the UE switches from the unconnected state to the connected state, and when the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, it will send a status indication to the base station information, and then acquire at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station, and determine the measurement status of the UE based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement from the base station according to the state indication information. At least one of the configuration information, so that when the measurement state of the UE is the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxation state based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to enable the connection The UE in the connected state inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the unconnected state. Thus, it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
图2为本公开另一个实施例所提供的一种RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图,应用于UE,如图2所示,该RRM测量放松指示方法可以包括以下步骤:FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a UE. As shown in FIG. 2 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
步骤201、UE处于非连接态时,判断UE是否满足放松准则。 Step 201, when the UE is in a disconnected state, it is judged whether the UE satisfies the relaxed criterion.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,放松准则可以包括低移动性准则、未处小区边缘准则、以及静止准则中的至少一种。Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the relaxed criterion may include at least one of the low mobility criterion, the not-at-the-cell-edge criterion, and the static criterion.
以及,在本公开的一个实施例之中,判断连接态UE是否满足低移动性准则的方法可以包括:判断第一预设时间段内,当前服务小区接收信号强度的预设参考值
Figure PCTCN2021105344-appb-000001
(单位为dB)与UE在当前服务小区的实际接收信号强度S rxlev(单位为dB)之差的绝对值是否小于第一预设门限值S searchDeltaP,当在第一预设时间段内,
Figure PCTCN2021105344-appb-000002
总是小于S searchDeltaP时,认为UE当前信号幅度变化不大,也即是,可以近似认为UE处于低移动状态,从而确定UE满足低移动准则。否则,确定UE不满足低移动准则。
And, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the method for judging whether the UE in the connected state satisfies the low mobility criterion may include: judging the preset reference value of the received signal strength of the current serving cell within the first preset time period
Figure PCTCN2021105344-appb-000001
Whether the absolute value of the difference between the actual received signal strength S rxlev (in dB) of the UE in the current serving cell is less than the first preset threshold value S searchDeltaP , when within the first preset time period,
Figure PCTCN2021105344-appb-000002
When it is always smaller than S searchDeltaP , it is considered that the current signal amplitude of the UE does not change much, that is, it can be approximately considered that the UE is in a low mobility state, so that it is determined that the UE meets the low mobility criterion. Otherwise, it is determined that the UE does not satisfy the low mobility criterion.
以及,在本公开的一个实施例之中,判断连接态UE是否满足未处小区边缘准则的方法可以包括:判断UE在当前服务小区内的S rxlev是否大于第二预设门限值S searchThresholdP,以及,判断UE在当前服务小区的实际接收信号质量S qual是否大于第三预设门限值S searchThresholdQ,当S rxlev>S searchThresholdP,且S qual>S searchThresholdQ时,则认为UE未处于小区边缘,确定UE满足未处小区边缘准则;否则,确定UE不满足未处小区边缘准则。 And, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the method for judging whether the UE in the connected state satisfies the criterion of not being at the cell edge may include: judging whether the S rxlev of the UE in the current serving cell is greater than the second preset threshold S searchThresholdP , And, judging whether the actual received signal quality S qual of the UE in the current serving cell is greater than the third preset threshold S searchThresholdQ , when S rxlev >S searchThresholdP , and S qual >S searchThresholdQ , the UE is considered not to be at the edge of the cell, Determining that the UE meets the criterion of not being at the edge of a cell; otherwise, determining that the UE does not meet the criterion of not being at the edge of a cell.
以及,在本公开的一个实施例之中,判断连接态UE是否满足静止准则的方法可以包括:判断第二预设时间段内,连接态UE对应的
Figure PCTCN2021105344-appb-000003
是否小于第四预设门限值,以及,UE的波束切换次数是否小于第五预设门限值,若在第二预设时间段内,
Figure PCTCN2021105344-appb-000004
总是小于第四门限值,且UE的波束切换次数小于第五门限值,则认为UE信号幅度变化不大,且波束切换次数较少,也即是,可以近似认为UE处于静止状态,从而可以确定UE满足静止准则;否则,确定UE不满足静止准则。
And, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the method for judging whether the UE in the connected state satisfies the static criterion may include: judging the UE corresponding to the connected state within the second preset time period
Figure PCTCN2021105344-appb-000003
Whether it is less than the fourth preset threshold value, and whether the number of beam switching times of the UE is less than the fifth preset threshold value, if within the second preset time period,
Figure PCTCN2021105344-appb-000004
is always less than the fourth threshold value, and the number of beam switching times of the UE is less than the fifth threshold value, it is considered that the signal amplitude of the UE does not change much, and the number of beam switching times is small, that is, the UE can be approximately considered to be in a static state, Therefore, it can be determined that the UE satisfies the stationary criterion; otherwise, it is determined that the UE does not satisfy the stationary criterion.
需要说明的是,在本公开的一个实施例之中,上述的第一预设时间段、第二预设时间段、第一预设门限值至第五预设门限值可以是基站提供,上述的判断标准(例如通过判断
Figure PCTCN2021105344-appb-000005
是否小于S searchDeltaP来确定UE是否满足低移动准则)可以是由协议进行约定。
It should be noted that, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the first preset time period, the second preset time period, and the first to fifth preset thresholds may be provided by the base station. , the above judgment criteria (for example, by judging
Figure PCTCN2021105344-appb-000005
Whether it is smaller than S searchDeltaP to determine whether the UE satisfies the low mobility criterion) may be stipulated by the protocol.
进一步地,在本公开的一个实施例之中,上述第一预设时间段与第二预设时间段可以相同,也可以不同;以及,上述第一预设门限值和第四预设门限值可以相同,也可以不同。Further, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the first preset time period and the second preset time period may be the same or different; and, the first preset threshold and the fourth preset threshold The limits can be the same or different.
此外,需要说明的是,在本公开的一个实施例之中,若UE满足放松准则中的任意一准则,则认为连接态UE满足放松准则。以及,在本公开的一个实施例之中,若UE满足放松准则中的任意两两组合或上述全部三种,则认为连接态UE满足放松准则。In addition, it should be noted that, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE satisfies any criterion in the relaxed criterion, it is considered that the UE in the connected state satisfies the relaxed criterion. And, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE satisfies any pairwise combination of the relaxation criteria or all the above three types, it is considered that the UE in the connected state satisfies the relaxation criteria.
以及,当UE满足放松准则时,则确定UE的测量状态为测量放松状态,则继续执行步骤202。否则,确定UE的测量状态为正常测量状态。And, when the UE satisfies the relaxation criterion, it is determined that the measurement state of the UE is the measurement relaxation state, and then step 202 is continued. Otherwise, determine that the measurement state of the UE is a normal measurement state.
步骤202、从非连接态切换至连接态,向基站发送状态指示信息。 Step 202, switch from the unconnected state to the connected state, and send state indication information to the base station.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,状态指示信息可以用于指示UE在切换至连接态前满足测量放松准则。在本公开的另一个实施例之中,状态指示信息可以用于指示UE在切换至连接态前所满足的具体放松准则,例如可以用于指示UE在切换至连接态前满足低移动性准则、或者满足未处小区边缘准则,或者满足静止准则等。Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the status indication information may be used to indicate that the UE satisfies the measurement relaxation criterion before switching to the connected state. In another embodiment of the present disclosure, the state indication information may be used to indicate specific relaxation criteria that the UE satisfies before switching to the connected state, for example, it may be used to indicate that the UE meets the low mobility criteria, Either the criterion of not being at the edge of a cell is met, or the criterion of being stationary is met.
步骤203、获取来自基站的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个。 Step 203, acquire at least one of relaxation instruction information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station.
步骤204、基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,确定UE的测量状态。Step 204: Determine the measurement state of the UE based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information.
其中,关于步骤202~204的详细介绍可以参考上述实施例中的相关介绍,本公开实施例在此不做赘述。Wherein, for the detailed introduction of steps 202 to 204, reference may be made to the relevant introduction in the foregoing embodiments, and the embodiments of the present disclosure will not repeat them here.
综上所述,在本公开实施例提供的RRM测量放松指示方法之中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态,并当UE切换至连接态前处于测量放松状态时,会向基站发送状态指示信息,再获取来自基站的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,并基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,确定UE的测量状态。由此,在本公开实施例中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态前若处于测量放松状态,则会向基站发送状态指示信息,并获取来自基站根据状态指示信息的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,以便当UE的测量状态为连接态时可以基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个直接进入测量放松状态,也即是,仅需一次RRC配置即可使得连接态的UE继承非连接态UE的测量放松状态。由此,避免了在非连接态下满足测量放松的UE在进入连接态时的二次RRC重配,减少了冗余的信令交互及测量过程,降低了信令的开销,且节省了功耗。To sum up, in the RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure, the UE switches from the unconnected state to the connected state, and when the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, it will send a status indication to the base station information, and then acquire at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station, and determine the measurement status of the UE based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement from the base station according to the state indication information. At least one of the configuration information, so that when the measurement state of the UE is the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxation state based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to enable the connection The UE in the connected state inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the unconnected state. Thus, it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
图3为本公开再一个实施例所提供的一种RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图,应用于UE,如图3所示,该RRM测量放松指示方法可以包括以下步骤:FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a UE. As shown in FIG. 3 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
步骤301、UE处于空闲态时,判断UE是否满足放松准则。 Step 301, when the UE is in an idle state, it is judged whether the UE satisfies the relaxed criterion.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,放松准则可以包括低移动性准则、未处小区边缘准则、以及静止准则中的至少一种中的至少一种。Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the relaxed criterion may include at least one of at least one of the low mobility criterion, the not-at-the-cell-edge criterion, and the static criterion.
以及,关于判断UE是否满足放松准则的方法的具体介绍可以参考上述实施例中的相关介绍,本公开实施例在此不做赘述。And, for the specific introduction of the method for judging whether the UE satisfies the relaxed criterion, reference may be made to the relevant introduction in the foregoing embodiments, and the embodiments of the present disclosure will not repeat them here.
进一步地,当UE满足放松准则时,确定UE的测量状态为测量放松状态,则继续执行步骤302。否则,确定UE的测量状态为正常测量状态。Further, when the UE satisfies the relaxation criterion, it is determined that the measurement state of the UE is the measurement relaxation state, and then step 302 is executed. Otherwise, determine that the measurement state of the UE is a normal measurement state.
步骤302、从空闲态切换至连接态,向基站发送状态指示信息。 Step 302, switch from the idle state to the connected state, and send state indication information to the base station.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,UE从空闲态切换至连接态时,向基站发送状态指示信息的方法可以包括以下任意一种:Wherein, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, when the UE switches from the idle state to the connected state, the method for sending status indication information to the base station may include any of the following:
第一种、通过RRC Setup Request(连接建立请求)消息向基站发送状态指示信息。The first one is to send status indication information to the base station through an RRC Setup Request (connection establishment request) message.
第二种、通过新建立的RRC Setup Request 1消息向基站发送状态指示信息。The second is to send status indication information to the base station through the newly established RRC Setup Request 1 message.
第三种、通过RRC Setup Complete(连接建立完成)消息向基站发送状态指示信息。The third way is to send status indication information to the base station through an RRC Setup Complete (connection establishment complete) message.
步骤303、获取来自基站的放松测量配置信息。 Step 303. Acquire relaxed measurement configuration information from the base station.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,当UE通过上述步骤302中任意一种方法向基站发送状态指示信息时,UE获取基站发送的放松测量配置信息的方法可以包括:获取基站通过RRC Reconfiguration(重 配)消息发送的放松测量配置信息。Wherein, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, when the UE sends status indication information to the base station through any of the methods in step 302 above, the method for the UE to obtain the relaxed measurement configuration information sent by the base station may include: obtaining (Reconfiguration) Message to send relaxation measurement configuration information.
以及,在本公开的一个实施例之中,放松测量配置信息可以包括以下至少一种:And, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the relaxed measurement configuration information may include at least one of the following:
删除正常测量状态下的测量配置信息;Delete the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state;
新的测量频率,新的测量频率的数量小于正常测量状态下的测量频率的数量;A new measurement frequency, the number of new measurement frequencies is less than the number of measurement frequencies in the normal measurement state;
新的SMTC(Synchronization Signal Block Measurement Timing Configuration,同步信号块测量时间配置),新的SMTC的周期大于正常测量状态下的SMTC的周期;New SMTC (Synchronization Signal Block Measurement Timing Configuration, Synchronization Signal Block Measurement Time Configuration), the cycle of the new SMTC is greater than the cycle of the SMTC in the normal measurement state;
新的SMTC,新的SMTC的窗长小于正常测量状态下的SMTC的窗长;New SMTC, the window length of the new SMTC is smaller than the window length of the SMTC in the normal measurement state;
新的SSB-ToMeasure(Synchronization Signal Block-ToMeasure,同步信号块测量)参数,新的SSB-ToMeasure参数对应的测量波束的数量小于正常测量状态下的SSB-ToMeasure参数对应的测量波束的数量;New SSB-ToMeasure (Synchronization Signal Block-ToMeasure, synchronization signal block measurement) parameter, the number of measurement beams corresponding to the new SSB-ToMeasure parameter is less than the number of measurement beams corresponding to the SSB-ToMeasure parameter in the normal measurement state;
新的需要测量的导频信号,新的需要测量的导频信号的种类小于正常测量状态下的导频信号的种类。For the new pilot signal to be measured, the type of the new pilot signal to be measured is smaller than the type of the pilot signal in the normal measurement state.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例中,放松测量配置信息可以仅为以上配置信息中的任意一种。在本公开的另一个实施例中,放松测量配置信息可以为以上配置信息中的任意两两组合、任意三三组合、任意四四组合、任意五五组合和上配置信息中的全部六种。Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the relaxed measurement configuration information may be only any one of the above configuration information. In another embodiment of the present disclosure, the relaxed measurement configuration information may be any two-two combination, any three-three combination, any four-four combination, any five-five combination, and all six of the above configuration information.
此外,需要说明的是,在本公开的一个实施例之中,UE获取基站发送的放松测量配置信息是重新的一套放松测量配置,则当UE基于放松测量配置信息执行测量放松时,可以直接根据接收的放松测量配置信息执行测量放松。In addition, it should be noted that, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the relaxed measurement configuration information sent by the base station to the UE is a new set of relaxed measurement configurations, so when the UE performs measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information, it can directly Measurement relaxation is performed according to the received relaxation measurement configuration information.
步骤304、基于放松测量配置信息执行测量放松,以将连接态UE的测量状态确定为测量放松状态。Step 304: Perform measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information, so as to determine the measurement state of the UE in the connected state as the measurement relaxed state.
在本公开的一个实施例中,当放松测量配置信息中包括的内容不同时,执行的测量放松的操作也不相同。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, when the contents included in the relaxation measurement configuration information are different, the operations of measurement relaxation to be performed are also different.
具体而言,在本公开的一个实施例之中,当放松测量配置信息中包括有删除正常测量状态下的测量配置信息时,UE基于放松测量配置信息执行测量放松的方法具体可以包括:删除正常测量状态下的测量配置信息,以停止对RRM的测量。示例的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,UE可以通过删除正常测量状态下的测量配置信息中的所有测量标识,来使得UE停止对RRM的测量。以及,需要说明的是,在本公开的一个实施例之中,当放松测量配置信息中包括有删除正常测量状态下的测量配置信息时,则在基站发送了放松测量配置信息之后的预设时间段,基站可以通过RRC消息(例如RRC reconfiguration消息)向UE发送原始的正常测量状态下的测量配置信息(即原有配置),以便确保连接态UE能够基于该原有配置成功切换回正常测量状态。其中,该预设时间段例如可以为24小时。Specifically, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, when the relaxed measurement configuration information includes deleting the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state, the method for the UE to perform measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information may specifically include: deleting the normal measurement configuration information. Measurement configuration information in the measurement state to stop the measurement of RRM. Exemplarily, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, the UE may stop the measurement of RRM by deleting all measurement identifiers in the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state. And, it should be noted that, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, when the relaxed measurement configuration information includes deleting the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state, the preset time after the base station sends the relaxed measurement configuration information The base station can send the original measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state (that is, the original configuration) to the UE through an RRC message (such as an RRC reconfiguration message), so as to ensure that the UE in the connected state can successfully switch back to the normal measurement state based on the original configuration . Wherein, the preset time period may be 24 hours, for example.
以及,在本公开的另一个实施例之中,当放松测量配置信息中包括有新的测量频率时,UE基于放松测量配置信息执行测量放松的方法具体可以包括:仅对包括有新的测量频率的测量标识执行测量放松,其中,每一个测量标识会同时连接到一个测量对象和上报配置,UE可以基于测量标识匹配的测量对象和上报配置执行相应的测量。And, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, when the relaxed measurement configuration information includes a new measurement frequency, the method for the UE to perform measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information may specifically include: only for the new measurement frequency included The measurement identifier performs measurement relaxation, wherein each measurement identifier is connected to a measurement object and a reporting configuration at the same time, and the UE can perform corresponding measurements based on the matching measurement object and reporting configuration of the measurement identifier.
示例的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,假设新的测量频率为3GHZ(兆赫兹),则UE可以仅对3GHZ频段的信号进行测量,而对其他频段的信号则不进行测量,从而实现放松测量。As an example, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, assuming that the new measurement frequency is 3GHZ (megahertz), the UE may only measure signals in the 3GHZ frequency band, but not measure signals in other frequency bands, thereby realizing Relax measurement.
以及,在本公开的另一个实施例之中,当放松测量配置信息中包括有新的SMTC周期时,UE基于放松测量配置信息执行测量放松的方法具体可以包括:直接利用新的SMTC周期执行测量放松。And, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, when the relaxed measurement configuration information includes a new SMTC period, the method for the UE to perform measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information may specifically include: directly using the new SMTC period to perform measurement Relax.
示例的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,假设正常测量状态下的SMTC的周期为5ms,则新的SMTC的周期可以为20ms(毫秒),UE可以基于新的SMTC周期20ms执行测量放松时。For example, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, assuming that the SMTC period in the normal measurement state is 5ms, the new SMTC period can be 20ms (milliseconds), and the UE can perform measurement relaxation based on the new SMTC period of 20ms .
在本公开的另一个实施例之中,当放松测量配置信息中包括有新的SMTC窗长时,UE基于放松测量配置信息执行测量放松的方法具体可以包括:直接利用新的SMTC窗长执行测量放松。In another embodiment of the present disclosure, when the relaxed measurement configuration information includes a new SMTC window length, the method for the UE to perform measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information may specifically include: directly using the new SMTC window length to perform measurement Relax.
示例的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,假设正常测量状态下的SMTC的窗长为5ms,则新的SMTC的窗长可以为3ms,UE可以基于新的SMTC窗长3ms执行测量放松时。For example, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, assuming that the SMTC window length in the normal measurement state is 5ms, the new SMTC window length can be 3ms, and the UE can perform measurement relaxation based on the new SMTC window length of 3ms .
在本公开的另一个实施例之中,当放松测量配置信息中包括有新的SSB-ToMeasure参数时,UE基于放松测量配置信息执行测量放松的方法具体可以包括:直接利用新的SSB-ToMeasure参数执行测量 放松。In another embodiment of the present disclosure, when the relaxed measurement configuration information includes the new SSB-ToMeasure parameter, the method for the UE to perform measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information may specifically include: directly using the new SSB-ToMeasure parameter Perform measurement relaxation.
示例的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,假设正常测量状态下的SSB-ToMeasure参数对应的测量波束的数量为32,则新的SSB-ToMeasure参数对应的测量波束的数量可以为8,UE可以基于新的SSB-ToMeasure参数8执行测量放松。For example, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, assuming that the number of measurement beams corresponding to the SSB-ToMeasure parameter in the normal measurement state is 32, the number of measurement beams corresponding to the new SSB-ToMeasure parameter may be 8, and the UE Measurement relaxation can be performed based on the new SSB-ToMeasure parameter8.
在本公开的另一个实施例之中,当放松测量配置信息中包括有新的需要测量的导频信号时,UE基于放松测量配置信息执行测量放松的方法具体可以包括:直接基于新的需要测量的导频信号执行测量放松。In another embodiment of the present disclosure, when the relaxed measurement configuration information includes a new pilot signal that needs to be measured, the method for the UE to perform measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information may specifically include: directly based on the new required measurement The pilot signal performs measurement relaxation.
示例的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,假设正常测量状态下需要测量的导频信号为SSB和CSI-RS,则新的需要测量的导频信号可以仅为SSB,UE可以仅对导频信号SSB执行测量,并仅上报对于SSB的测量结果。For example, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, assuming that the pilot signals that need to be measured in the normal measurement state are SSB and CSI-RS, the new pilot signal that needs to be measured can be only SSB, and the UE can only measure the pilot signal Perform measurements on the frequency signal SSB, and only report the measurement results for SSB.
此外,需要说明的是,在本公开的一个实施例之中,当空闲态UE满足不同的放松准则时,对应的放松测量配置信息所包括的内容可以相同。In addition, it should be noted that, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, when the UE in the idle state satisfies different relaxation criteria, the content included in the corresponding relaxed measurement configuration information may be the same.
在本公开的另一个实施例之中,当空闲态UE满足不同的放松准则时,对应的放松测量配置信息所包括的内容可以不同。以及,在本公开的一个实施例之中,当不同放松准则下的UE对应的放松测量配置信息所包括的内容不同时,满足静止准则的UE对应的放松测量配置信息的放松程度可以大于满足低移动性准则的UE对应的放松测量配置信息的放松程度且大于满足未处小区边缘准则的UE对应的放松测量配置信息的放松程度。In another embodiment of the present disclosure, when the UE in the idle state satisfies different relaxation criteria, the content included in the corresponding relaxed measurement configuration information may be different. And, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, when the contents of the relaxed measurement configuration information corresponding to UEs under different relaxation criteria are different, the relaxation degree of the relaxed measurement configuration information corresponding to the UE satisfying the stationary criterion may be greater than that satisfying the low The relaxation degree of the relaxed measurement configuration information corresponding to the UE with the mobility criterion is greater than the relaxed degree of the relaxed measurement configuration information corresponding to the UE that meets the non-cell edge criterion.
示例的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,满足静止准则的UE对应的放松测量配置信息可以包括:删除正常测量状态下的测量配置信息;满足低移动性准则的UE对应的放松测量配置信息可以包括:测量周期的扩展因子;满足未处小区边缘准则的UE对应的放松测量配置信息可以包括:专用测量频率。Exemplarily, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, the relaxed measurement configuration information corresponding to the UE meeting the static criterion may include: deleting the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state; the relaxed measurement configuration information corresponding to the UE meeting the low mobility criterion It may include: the extension factor of the measurement period; the relaxed measurement configuration information corresponding to the UE that meets the criterion of not being at the cell edge may include: a dedicated measurement frequency.
综上所述,在本公开实施例提供的RRM测量放松指示方法之中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态,并当UE切换至连接态前处于测量放松状态时,会向基站发送状态指示信息,再获取来自基站的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,并基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,确定UE的测量状态。由此,在本公开实施例中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态前若处于测量放松状态,则会向基站发送状态指示信息,并获取来自基站根据状态指示信息的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,以便当UE的测量状态为连接态时可以基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个直接进入测量放松状态,也即是,仅需一次RRC配置即可使得连接态的UE继承非连接态UE的测量放松状态。由此,避免了在非连接态下满足测量放松的UE在进入连接态时的二次RRC重配,减少了冗余的信令交互及测量过程,降低了信令的开销,且节省了功耗。To sum up, in the RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure, the UE switches from the unconnected state to the connected state, and when the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, it will send a status indication to the base station information, and then acquire at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station, and determine the measurement status of the UE based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement from the base station according to the state indication information. At least one of the configuration information, so that when the measurement state of the UE is the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxation state based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to enable the connection The UE in the connected state inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the unconnected state. Thus, it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
图4为本公开又一个实施例所提供的一种RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图,应用于UE,如图4所示,该RRM测量放松指示方法可以包括以下步骤:FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a UE. As shown in FIG. 4 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
步骤401、UE处于空闲态时,判断UE是否满足放松准则。 Step 401, when the UE is in an idle state, it is judged whether the UE satisfies the relaxed criterion.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,放松准则可以包括低移动性准则、未处小区边缘准则、以及静止准则中的至少一种。Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the relaxed criterion may include at least one of the low mobility criterion, the not-at-the-cell-edge criterion, and the static criterion.
进一步地,若UE满足放松准则,则确定UE的测量状态为测量放松状态,继续执行步骤402。否则,则确定UE的测量状态为正常测量状态。Further, if the UE satisfies the relaxation criterion, it is determined that the measurement state of the UE is the measurement relaxation state, and step 402 is continued. Otherwise, it is determined that the measurement state of the UE is a normal measurement state.
步骤402、从空闲态切换至连接态,向基站发送状态指示信息。 Step 402, switch from the idle state to the connected state, and send state indication information to the base station.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,UE从空闲态切换至连接态时,向基站发送状态指示信息的方法可以包括以下几种:Among them, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, when the UE switches from the idle state to the connected state, the method for sending status indication information to the base station may include the following:
第一种、通过RRC Setup Request(连接建立请求)消息向基站发送状态指示信息。The first one is to send status indication information to the base station through an RRC Setup Request (connection establishment request) message.
第二种、通过新建立的RRC Setup Request 1消息向基站发送状态指示信息。The second is to send status indication information to the base station through the newly established RRC Setup Request 1 message.
第三种、通过RRC Setup Complete(连接建立完成)消息向基站发送状态指示信息。The third way is to send status indication information to the base station through an RRC Setup Complete (connection establishment complete) message.
步骤403、获取来自基站的放松指示信息,放松指示信息用于指示UE的测量状态为测量放松状态。Step 403: Acquire relaxation indication information from the base station, where the relaxation indication information is used to indicate that the measurement state of the UE is a measurement relaxation state.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,当UE通过上述步骤402中任意一种方法向基站发送状态指示信息时,UE获取基站发送的放松指示信息的方法可以包括:获取基站通过RRC Reconfiguration消息发 送的放松指示信息。Wherein, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, when the UE sends status indication information to the base station through any method in the above step 402, the method for the UE to obtain the relaxation indication information sent by the base station may include: obtaining the RRC Reconfiguration message sent by the base station The relaxation instruction message sent.
以及,在本公开的另一个实施例之中,当UE通过上述步骤402中的第一种或第二种方法向基站发送状态指示信息时,UE获取基站发送的放松指示信息的方法可以包括:获取基站通过RRC Setup(连接建立)消息发送的放松指示信息。And, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, when the UE sends status indication information to the base station through the first or second method in step 402 above, the method for the UE to obtain the relaxation indication information sent by the base station may include: Obtain the relaxation instruction information sent by the base station through the RRC Setup (connection establishment) message.
步骤404、获取基站发送的正常测量状态的测量配置信息。Step 404: Obtain the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state sent by the base station.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,UE获取基站发送的正常测量状态的测量配置信息的方法可以包括:获取基站通过RRC Reconfiguration消息发送的正常测量状态的测量配置信息。Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the method for the UE to obtain the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state sent by the base station may include: obtaining the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state sent by the base station through an RRC Reconfiguration message.
步骤405、获取基站指示的预定义的测量放松参数。 Step 405, acquiring a predefined measurement relaxation parameter indicated by the base station.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,UE获取基站指示的预定义的测量放松参数的方法可以包括以下的至少一种:Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the method for the UE to obtain the predefined measurement relaxation parameters indicated by the base station may include at least one of the following:
第一种、获取基站通过系统消息发送的预定义的测量放松参数。示例的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,可以获取基站通过SIB(System Information Block,系统信息块)X广播预定义的测量放松参数,其中,X可以为任意SIB。The first method is to obtain a predefined measurement relaxation parameter sent by the base station through a system message. Exemplarily, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, the predefined measurement relaxation parameters broadcast by the base station through SIB (System Information Block, system information block) X can be acquired, where X can be any SIB.
第二种、基于协议获取基站指示的预定义的测量放松参数。示例的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,可以获取基站基于TS38.331协议来指示预定义的测量放松参数。The second type is to obtain a predefined measurement relaxation parameter indicated by the base station based on a protocol. Exemplarily, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the base station may be acquired to indicate a predefined measurement relaxation parameter based on the TS38.331 protocol.
第三种、获取基站通过RRC消息发送的预定义的测量放松参数。示例的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,可以获取基站通过RRC Reconfiguration消息或RRC Set Up消息向UE发送预定义的测量放松参数。The third method is to obtain a predefined measurement relaxation parameter sent by the base station through an RRC message. Exemplarily, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, it may be obtained that the base station sends a predefined measurement relaxation parameter to the UE through an RRC Reconfiguration message or an RRC Set Up message.
第四种、获取携带于放松指示信息中的预定义的测量放松参数。The fourth method is to acquire a predefined measurement relaxation parameter carried in the relaxation indication information.
具体的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,UE可以仅通过上述第一种、第二种、第三种或第四种方法来获取预定义的测量放松参数。在本公开的一个实施例之中,UE获取基站指示的预定义的测量放松参数的方法还可以为上述方法中的任意两两组合或者任意三三组合或者上述全部四种。Specifically, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the UE may acquire the predefined measurement relaxation parameter only through the above-mentioned first, second, third or fourth method. In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the method for the UE to obtain the predefined measurement relaxation parameters indicated by the base station may also be any combination of two or three or all four of the above methods.
在本公开的一个实施例之中,预定义的测量放松参数具体可以包括以下至少一种:In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the predefined measurement relaxation parameters may specifically include at least one of the following:
预定义的测量周期扩展因子;Predefined measurement cycle expansion factors;
预定义的测量频率,预定义的测量频率的数量小于正常测量状态的测量频率的数量;Pre-defined measurement frequencies, the number of predefined measurement frequencies is less than the number of measurement frequencies in the normal measurement state;
预定义的SMTC,预定义的SMTC的周期大于正常测量状态的SMTC的周期;A predefined SMTC, the period of the predefined SMTC is greater than the period of the SMTC in the normal measurement state;
预定义的SMTC,预定义的SMTC的窗长小于正常测量状态的SMTC的窗长;A predefined SMTC, the window length of the predefined SMTC is smaller than the window length of the SMTC in the normal measurement state;
预定义的SSB-ToMeasure参数,预定义的SSB-ToMeasure参数对应的测量波束的数量小于正常测量状态下的SSB-ToMeasure参数对应的测量波束的数量;Pre-defined SSB-ToMeasure parameters, the number of measurement beams corresponding to the predefined SSB-ToMeasure parameters is smaller than the number of measurement beams corresponding to the SSB-ToMeasure parameters in the normal measurement state;
预定义的需要测量的导频信号,预定义的需要测量的导频信号的种类少于正常测量状态的导频信号的种类。The types of the predefined pilot signals that need to be measured are less than the types of the pilot signals in the normal measurement state.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例中,测量放松参数可以仅为以上参数中的任意一种。在本公开的另一个实施例中,测量放松参数可以为以上参数中的任意两两组合、任意三三组合、任意四四组合、任意五五组合、任意六六组合或者以上参数中的全部七种。Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the measurement relaxation parameter may be only any one of the above parameters. In another embodiment of the present disclosure, the measurement relaxation parameter may be any two-two combination, any three-three combination, any four-four combination, any five-five combination, any six-six combination or all seven of the above parameters. kind.
步骤406、基于预定义的测量放松参数和正常测量状态的测量配置信息执行测量放松,以将连接态UE的测量状态确定为测量放松状态。 Step 406, perform measurement relaxation based on the predefined measurement relaxation parameters and the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state, so as to determine the measurement state of the UE in the connected state as the measurement relaxation state.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,当UE基于预定义的测量放松参数和正常测量状态的测量配置信息执行测量放松时,UE是将预定义的测量放松参数替换正常测量状态的测量配置信息中的对应的测量放松参数执行测量放松的。其中,需要说明的是,当测量放松参数中包括的内容不同时,基于预定义的测量放松参数和正常测量状态的测量配置信息执行测量放松的具体操作也不相同。Wherein, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, when the UE performs measurement relaxation based on the predefined measurement relaxation parameters and the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state, the UE replaces the measurement configuration of the normal measurement state with the predefined measurement relaxation parameters The corresponding measurement relaxation parameter in the message performs measurement relaxation. Wherein, it should be noted that, when the contents included in the measurement relaxation parameters are different, specific operations for performing measurement relaxation based on the predefined measurement relaxation parameters and the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state are also different.
具体而言,在本公开的一个实施例之中,当预定义的测量放松参数中包括有预定义的测量周期扩展因子时,UE基于预定义的测量放松参数和正常测量状态的测量配置信息执行测量放松的方法具体可以包括:将预定义的测量周期扩展因子和正常测量状态下的测量周期的乘积确定为放松测量状态下的测量周期,并基于该放松测量状态下的测量周期执行放松测量。其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,该扩展因子具体可以为大于1的自然数。Specifically, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, when the predefined measurement relaxation parameters include a predefined measurement cycle extension factor, the UE performs the measurement based on the predefined measurement relaxation parameters and the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state. The method for measuring relaxation may specifically include: determining the product of a predefined measurement period expansion factor and the measurement period in the normal measurement state as the measurement period in the relaxed measurement state, and performing relaxation measurement based on the measurement period in the relaxed measurement state. Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the extension factor may specifically be a natural number greater than 1.
以及,需要说明的是,在本公开的一个实施例之中,正常测量状态下的测量周期是由UE基于计算公式计算得来的,具体的,在未配置DRX(Discontinuous Reception,不连续接收)以及测量gap(时间间隔)的情况下,正常测量状态下的测量周期=max(200ms,5×SMTC周期period)。其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,SMTC period可以携带于基站配置至UE的应用于正常测量状态下的测量配置信息中。以及,在本公开的另一个实施例之中,UE还可以基于DRX周期,MGRP(测量间隙重复周期)计算出正常测量状态下的测量周期。And, it should be noted that, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the measurement cycle in the normal measurement state is calculated by the UE based on a calculation formula, specifically, when DRX (Discontinuous Reception, discontinuous reception) is not configured And in the case of measuring the gap (time interval), the measurement period in the normal measurement state=max(200ms, 5×SMTC period period). Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the SMTC period may be carried in the measurement configuration information configured by the base station to the UE and applied in a normal measurement state. And, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, the UE may also calculate the measurement period in the normal measurement state based on the DRX cycle, MGRP (Measurement Gap Repeat Period).
以及,在本公开的一个实施例之中,UE在基于测量周期进行测量时,可以在一次测量周期中得出一次测量结果,其中该测量结果具体是通过多个测量样本点(即多个SMTC)的评估得出的。And, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, when the UE performs measurement based on the measurement period, it can obtain a measurement result in a measurement period, wherein the measurement result is specifically obtained through multiple measurement sample points (that is, multiple SMTC ) from the evaluation.
进一步地,在本公开的又一个实施例之中,当预定义的测量放松参数中包括有预定义的测量频率时,UE基于预定义的测量放松参数和正常测量状态的测量配置信息执行测量放松的方法具体可以包括:UE仅针对包括有预定义的测量频率的测量标识执行测量,其中,每一个测量标识会同时连接到一个测量对象和上报配置,UE可以基于测量标识匹配的测量对象和上报配置执行相应的测量。Further, in yet another embodiment of the present disclosure, when the predefined measurement relaxation parameters include the predefined measurement frequency, the UE performs measurement relaxation based on the predefined measurement relaxation parameters and the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state The method may specifically include: the UE performs measurement only for measurement identities that include a predefined measurement frequency, wherein each measurement identities are simultaneously connected to a measurement object and reporting configuration, and the UE may match the measurement object and report based on the measurement identities Configure to perform the corresponding measurements.
示例的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,假设预定义的测量频率为3GHZ(兆赫兹)。则UE可以仅对包括有3GHZ频段的测量标识进行测量,而对包括其他频段的测量标识不进行测量,从而实现放松测量。As an example, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, it is assumed that the predefined measurement frequency is 3 GHZ (megahertz). Then the UE may only perform measurement on the measurement identifier including the 3GHZ frequency band, and not perform measurement on the measurement identifiers including other frequency bands, so as to realize relaxed measurement.
以及,在本公开的另一个实施例之中,当预定义的测量放松参数中包括有预定义的SMTC时,UE基于预定义的测量放松参数和正常测量状态的测量配置信息行测量放松的方法具体可以包括:利用该预定义的SMTC替换正常测量状态下的测量配置信息中的SMTC。And, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, when the predefined measurement relaxation parameters include the predefined SMTC, the UE executes the measurement relaxation method based on the predefined measurement relaxation parameters and the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state Specifically, it may include: using the predefined SMTC to replace the SMTC in the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state.
示例的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,假设正常测量状态下的SMTC的周期为5ms,预定义的SMTC的周期为20ms。则当UE基于预定义的SMTC执行测量放松时,UE按照预定义的SMTC的周期20ms执行RRM测量。For example, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, it is assumed that the period of the SMTC in a normal measurement state is 5ms, and the period of the predefined SMTC is 20ms. Then when the UE performs measurement relaxation based on the predefined SMTC, the UE performs RRM measurement according to the predefined SMTC period of 20 ms.
在本公开的另一个实施例之中,当预定义的测量放松参数中包括有预定义的SMTC时,UE基于预定义的测量放松参数和正常测量状态的测量配置信息执行测量放松的方法具体可以包括:利用该预定义的SMTC替换正常测量状态下的测量配置信息中的SMTC。In another embodiment of the present disclosure, when the predefined measurement relaxation parameters include the predefined SMTC, the method for the UE to perform measurement relaxation based on the predefined measurement relaxation parameters and the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state may specifically be It includes: using the predefined SMTC to replace the SMTC in the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state.
示例的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,假设正常测量状态下的SMTC的窗长为5ms,预定义的SMTC的窗长为3ms,则当UE基于预定义的SMTC执行测量放松时,UE按照预定义的SMTC的窗长3ms执行RRM测量。For example, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, assuming that the SMTC window length in the normal measurement state is 5ms, and the predefined SMTC window length is 3ms, then when the UE performs measurement relaxation based on the predefined SMTC, the UE RRM measurements are performed with a predefined SMTC window length of 3 ms.
在本公开的另一个实施例之中,当预定义的测量放松参数中包括有预定义的SSB-ToMeasure参数时,UE基于预定义的测量放松参数和正常测量状态的测量配置信息执行测量放松的方法具体可以包括:利用该预定义的SSB-ToMeasure参数替换正常测量状态下的测量配置信息中的SSB-ToMeasure参数。In another embodiment of the present disclosure, when the predefined measurement relaxation parameters include the predefined SSB-ToMeasure parameter, the UE performs measurement relaxation based on the predefined measurement relaxation parameters and the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state The method may specifically include: using the predefined SSB-ToMeasure parameter to replace the SSB-ToMeasure parameter in the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state.
示例的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,假设正常测量状态下的SSB-ToMeasure参数对应的测量波束的数量为32,预定义的SSB-ToMeasure参数对应的测量波束的数量为8。则当UE基于预定义的SSB-ToMeasure参数执行测量放松时,UE按照预定义的SSB-ToMeasure参数8执行RRM测量。For example, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, it is assumed that the number of measurement beams corresponding to the SSB-ToMeasure parameter in the normal measurement state is 32, and the number of measurement beams corresponding to the predefined SSB-ToMeasure parameter is 8. Then when the UE performs measurement relaxation based on the predefined SSB-ToMeasure parameter, the UE performs RRM measurement according to the predefined SSB-ToMeasure parameter 8.
在本公开的另一个实施例之中,当测量放松参数中包括有预定义的需要测量的导频信号的种类时,UE基于预定义的测量放松参数和正常测量状态的测量配置信息执行测量放松的方法具体可以包括:利用预定义的需要测量的导频信号的种类替换正常测量状态下的需要测量的导频信号的种类。示例的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,假设正常测量状态下需要测量的导频信号为SSB和CSI-RS(Channel State Information Reference Signal,信号状态指示参考信号),预定义的需要测量的导频型号的种类为SSB,则当UE基于预定义的需要测量的导频信号的种类执行测量放松时,UE可以仅测量导频信号SSB。In another embodiment of the present disclosure, when the measurement relaxation parameters include predefined types of pilot signals that need to be measured, the UE performs measurement relaxation based on the predefined measurement relaxation parameters and the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state The method may specifically include: replacing the types of pilot signals that need to be measured in a normal measurement state with predefined types of pilot signals that need to be measured. For example, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, it is assumed that the pilot signals that need to be measured in the normal measurement state are SSB and CSI-RS (Channel State Information Reference Signal, signal state indication reference signal), and the predefined pilot signals that need to be measured If the type of the pilot signal is SSB, when the UE performs measurement relaxation based on the type of the predefined pilot signal that needs to be measured, the UE can only measure the pilot signal SSB.
此外,需要说明的是,在本公开的一个实施例之中,当预定义的测量放松参数包括上述步骤405中的至少两种时,UE可以基于至少两种预定义的测量放松参数的组合和正常测量状态的测量配置信息来执行测量放松。In addition, it should be noted that, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, when the predefined measurement relaxation parameters include at least two of the above step 405, the UE may base on the combination of the at least two predefined measurement relaxation parameters and Measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state to perform measurement relaxation.
示例的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,假设UE接收到的预定义的测量放松参数包括预定义的测量周期扩展因子和预定义的需要测量的导频信号:导频信号SSB。则UE可以在正常测量状态的测量周期的基础上乘以预定义的测量周期扩展因子K,得到一个新的测量周期,并基于新的测量周期仅对导频信 号SSB执行测量,以及其他的测量参数(例如测量频率、SMTC的周期和窗长、SSB-ToMeasure参数)则可以按照正常测量状态下的测量放松参数进行测量。As an example, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, it is assumed that the predefined measurement relaxation parameters received by the UE include a predefined measurement cycle extension factor and a predefined pilot signal to be measured: pilot signal SSB. Then the UE can multiply the predefined measurement period extension factor K on the basis of the measurement period in the normal measurement state to obtain a new measurement period, and based on the new measurement period, only perform measurements on the pilot signal SSB and other measurement parameters (such as measurement frequency, period and window length of SMTC, and SSB-ToMeasure parameters) can be measured according to the measurement relaxation parameters in the normal measurement state.
还需要说明的是,在本公开的一个实施例之中,当空闲态UE满足不同的放松准则时,对应的预定义的测量放松参数所包括的内容可以相同。It should also be noted that, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, when the UE in the idle state satisfies different relaxation criteria, the contents included in the corresponding predefined measurement relaxation parameters may be the same.
在本公开的另一个实施例之中,当空闲态UE满足不同的放松准则时,对应的预定义的测量放松参数所包括的内容可以不同。以及,在本公开的一个实施例之中,当不同放松准则下的UE对应的预定义的测量放松参数所包括的内容不同时,满足静止准则的UE对应的预定义的测量放松参数的放松程度可以大于满足低移动性准则的UE对应的预定义的测量放松参数的放松程度且大于满足未处小区边缘准则的UE对应的预定义的测量放松参数的放松程度。In another embodiment of the present disclosure, when the UE in the idle state satisfies different relaxation criteria, the contents included in the corresponding predefined measurement relaxation parameters may be different. And, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, when the contents of the predefined measurement relaxation parameters corresponding to UEs under different relaxation criteria are different, the relaxation degree of the predefined measurement relaxation parameters corresponding to UEs that meet the static criteria It may be greater than the relaxation degree of the predefined measurement relaxation parameter corresponding to the UE meeting the low mobility criterion and greater than the relaxation degree of the predefined measurement relaxation parameter corresponding to the UE meeting the non-cell edge criterion.
示例的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,满足静止准则的UE对应的预定义的测量放松参数可以包括:预定义的测量周期扩展因子;满足低移动性准则的UE对应的预定义的测量放松参数可以包括:预定义的测量频率;满足未处小区边缘准则的UE对应的预定义的测量放松参数可以包括:预定义的SSB-ToMeasure参数。Exemplarily, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, the predefined measurement relaxation parameters corresponding to the UE meeting the static criterion may include: a predefined measurement cycle extension factor; a predefined measurement relaxation parameter corresponding to the UE meeting the low mobility criterion The relaxation parameter may include: a predefined measurement frequency; the predefined measurement relaxation parameter corresponding to the UE that meets the criterion of not being at the cell edge may include: a predefined SSB-ToMeasure parameter.
综上所述,在本公开实施例提供的RRM测量放松指示方法之中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态,并当UE切换至连接态前处于测量放松状态时,会向基站发送状态指示信息,再获取来自基站的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,并基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,确定UE的测量状态。由此,在本公开实施例中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态前若处于测量放松状态,则会向基站发送状态指示信息,并获取来自基站根据状态指示信息的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,以便当UE的测量状态为连接态时可以基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个直接进入测量放松状态,也即是,仅需一次RRC配置即可使得连接态的UE继承非连接态UE的测量放松状态。由此,避免了在非连接态下满足测量放松的UE在进入连接态时的二次RRC重配,减少了冗余的信令交互及测量过程,降低了信令的开销,且节省了功耗。To sum up, in the RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure, the UE switches from the unconnected state to the connected state, and when the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, it will send a status indication to the base station information, and then acquire at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station, and determine the measurement status of the UE based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement from the base station according to the state indication information. At least one of the configuration information, so that when the measurement state of the UE is the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxation state based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to enable the connection The UE in the connected state inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the unconnected state. Thus, it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
图5为本公开又一个实施例所提供的一种RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图,应用于UE,如图5所示,该RRM测量放松指示方法可以包括以下步骤:FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a UE. As shown in FIG. 5 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
步骤501、UE处于空闲态时,判断UE是否满足放松准则。 Step 501, when the UE is in an idle state, it is judged whether the UE satisfies the relaxed criterion.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,放松准则可以包括低移动性准则、未处小区边缘准则、以及静止准则中的至少一种。Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the relaxed criterion may include at least one of the low mobility criterion, the not-at-the-cell-edge criterion, and the static criterion.
进一步地,若UE满足放松准则,则确定UE的测量状态为测量放松状态,继续执行步骤502。否则,则确定UE的测量状态为正常测量状态。Further, if the UE satisfies the relaxation criterion, it is determined that the measurement state of the UE is the measurement relaxation state, and step 502 is continued. Otherwise, it is determined that the measurement state of the UE is a normal measurement state.
步骤502、从空闲态切换至连接态,向基站发送状态指示信息。 Step 502, switch from the idle state to the connected state, and send state indication information to the base station.
步骤503、获取来自基站的放松指示信息,放松指示信息用于指示UE的测量状态为测量放松状态。Step 503: Acquire relaxation indication information from the base station, where the relaxation indication information is used to indicate that the measurement state of the UE is a measurement relaxation state.
步骤504、获取基站通发送的正常测量状态的测量配置信息。Step 504: Obtain the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state sent by the base station.
其中,关于步骤501~504的详细介绍可以参考上述实施例中的相关介绍,本公开实施例在此不做赘述。Wherein, for a detailed introduction of steps 501 to 504, reference may be made to relevant introductions in the foregoing embodiments, and details are not described here in this embodiment of the present disclosure.
步骤505、对正常测量状态的测量配置信息进行放松处理得到放松后的测量配置信息。 Step 505 , performing relaxation processing on the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state to obtain relaxed measurement configuration information.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,对正常测量状态的测量配置信息进行放松处理的方法可以包括以下至少一种:Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the method for relaxing the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state may include at least one of the following:
停止对UE的正常测量;Stop normal measurement of UE;
减少正常测量状态的测量配置信息中的测量频率;Reduce the measurement frequency in the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state;
增加正常测量状态的测量配置信息中SMTC的周期;Increase the period of SMTC in the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state;
为正常测量状态的测量配置信息中的测量周期提供扩展因子;Provide an expansion factor for the measurement period in the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state;
减少正常测量状态的测量配置信息中SMTC的窗长;Reduce the window length of SMTC in the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state;
减少正常测量状态的测量配置信息中SSB-ToMeasure参数的数量;Reduce the number of SSB-ToMeasure parameters in the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state;
减少正常测量状态的测量配置信息中需要测量的导频信号的种类。The types of pilot signals that need to be measured in the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state are reduced.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例中,放松处理的方法可以仅为以上方法中的任意一种。在本公开的另 一个实施例中,放松处理的方法可以为以上方法中的任意两两组合、任意三三组合、任意四四组合、任意五五组合、任意六六组合或者以上参数中的全部七种。Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the relaxation processing method may be only any one of the above methods. In another embodiment of the present disclosure, the method of relaxation treatment can be any two-two combination, any three-three combination, any four-four combination, any five-five combination, any six-six combination or all of the above parameters. seven kinds.
以及,在本公开的一个实施例中,当放松处理所包括的内容不同时,得到的放松后的测量配置信息也不相同。And, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, when the content included in the relaxation processing is different, the obtained measurement configuration information after relaxation is also different.
具体的,在本公开的一个实施例中,当放松处理包括:停止对UE的正常测量时,则可以停止对UE一段时间的正常测量以实现放松处理。Specifically, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, when the relaxation process includes: stopping normal measurement of the UE, then the normal measurement of the UE may be stopped for a period of time to implement the relaxation process.
示例的,例如可以停止对UE一个小时的正常测量。Exemplarily, for example, the normal measurement of the UE may be stopped for one hour.
以及,在本公开的另一个实施例中,当放松处理包括:减少正常测量状态的测量配置信息中的测量频率时,则对正常测量状态的测量配置信息进行的放松处理得到放松后的测量配置信息包括:减少其测量频率得到减少后的测量频率,并基于该减少后的测量频率构成放松后的测量配置信息。And, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, when the relaxation process includes: reducing the measurement frequency in the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state, the relaxation process performed on the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state obtains the relaxed measurement configuration The information includes: reducing the measurement frequency to obtain a reduced measurement frequency, and forming relaxed measurement configuration information based on the reduced measurement frequency.
示例的,若正常测量状态的测量配置信息的测量频率包括:3GHZ和4GHZ时,则可将测量频率减少至仅包括3GHZ以得到放松后的测量配置信息。For example, if the measurement frequency of the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state includes: 3GHZ and 4GHZ, then the measurement frequency may be reduced to only include 3GHZ to obtain the relaxed measurement configuration information.
在本公开的另一个实施例中,当放松处理包括:增加正常测量状态的测量配置信息中SMTC的周期时,则对正常测量状态的测量配置信息进行的放松处理得到放松后的测量配置信息包括:增加其SMTC的周期得到增加后的SMTC的周期,并基于该增加后的SMTC的周期构成放松后的测量配置信息。In another embodiment of the present disclosure, when the relaxation processing includes: increasing the period of SMTC in the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state, the relaxation processing performed on the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state results in the relaxed measurement configuration information including : increasing the period of the SMTC to obtain the period of the increased SMTC, and forming relaxed measurement configuration information based on the period of the increased SMTC.
示例的,若正常测量状态的测量配置信息的SMTC的周期包括:5ms时,则可将SMTC的周期增加至20ms以得到放松后的测量配置信息。For example, if the SMTC period of the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state includes: 5ms, then the SMTC period may be increased to 20ms to obtain the relaxed measurement configuration information.
在本公开的另一个实施例中,当放松处理包括:为正常测量状态的测量配置信息中的测量周期提供扩展因子时,则对正常测量状态的测量配置信息进行的放松处理得到放松后的测量配置信息包括:将该扩展因子和正常测量状态下的测量周期的乘积确定为放松测量状态下的测量周期,并基于该放松测量状态下的测量周期构成放松后的测量配置信息。其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,该扩展因子具体可以为大于1的自然数。In another embodiment of the present disclosure, when the relaxation process includes: providing an expansion factor for the measurement cycle in the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state, the relaxation process performed on the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state obtains the relaxed measurement The configuration information includes: determining the product of the expansion factor and the measurement period in the normal measurement state as the measurement period in the relaxed measurement state, and forming relaxed measurement configuration information based on the measurement period in the relaxed measurement state. Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the extension factor may specifically be a natural number greater than 1.
在本公开的另一个实施例中,当放松处理包括:减少正常测量状态的测量配置信息中SMTC的窗长时,则对正常测量状态的测量配置信息进行的放松处理得到放松后的测量配置信息包括:减少其SMTC的窗长得到减少后的SMTC的窗长,并基于该减少后的SMTC的窗长构成放松后的测量配置信息。In another embodiment of the present disclosure, when the relaxation processing includes: reducing the SMTC window length in the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state, the relaxation processing performed on the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state obtains the relaxed measurement configuration information Including: reducing the SMTC window length to obtain a reduced SMTC window length, and forming relaxed measurement configuration information based on the reduced SMTC window length.
示例的,若正常测量状态的测量配置信息的SMTC的窗长包括:5ms时,则可将SMTC的窗长减少至3ms以得到放松后的测量配置信息。For example, if the SMTC window length of the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state includes: 5ms, then the SMTC window length may be reduced to 3ms to obtain the relaxed measurement configuration information.
在本公开的另一个实施例中,当放松处理包括:减少正常测量状态的测量配置信息中SSB-ToMeasure参数的数量时,则对正常测量状态的测量配置信息进行的放松处理得到放松后的测量配置信息包括:减少其SSB-ToMeasure参数的数量得到减少后的SSB-ToMeasure参数的数量,并基于该减少后的SSB-ToMeasure参数的数量构成放松后的测量配置信息。In another embodiment of the present disclosure, when the relaxation process includes: reducing the number of SSB-ToMeasure parameters in the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state, the relaxation process performed on the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state obtains the relaxed measurement The configuration information includes: reducing the number of SSB-ToMeasure parameters to obtain a reduced number of SSB-ToMeasure parameters, and forming relaxed measurement configuration information based on the reduced number of SSB-ToMeasure parameters.
示例的,若正常测量状态的测量配置信息的SSB-ToMeasure参数的数量为32时,则可将SSB-ToMeasure参数的数量减少至8以得到放松后的测量配置信息。For example, if the number of SSB-ToMeasure parameters of the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state is 32, the number of SSB-ToMeasure parameters may be reduced to 8 to obtain the relaxed measurement configuration information.
在本公开的另一个实施例中,当放松处理包括:减少正常测量状态的测量配置信息中需要测量的导频信号的种类时,则对正常测量状态的测量配置信息进行的放松处理得到放松后的测量配置信息包括:减少其需要测量的导频信号的种类得到减少后的需要测量的导频信号的种类,并基于该减少后的需要测量的导频信号的种类构成放松后的测量配置信息。In another embodiment of the present disclosure, when the relaxation process includes: reducing the types of pilot signals that need to be measured in the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state, the relaxation process performed on the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state is relaxed The measurement configuration information includes: reducing the types of pilot signals that need to be measured to obtain the reduced types of pilot signals that need to be measured, and forming relaxed measurement configuration information based on the reduced types of pilot signals that need to be measured .
示例的,若正常测量状态的测量配置信息的需要测量的导频信号的种类包括:SSB和CSI-RS时,则可将需要测量的导频信号的种类减少至SSB以得到放松后的测量配置信息。For example, if the types of pilot signals that need to be measured in the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state include: SSB and CSI-RS, then the types of pilot signals that need to be measured can be reduced to SSB to obtain a relaxed measurement configuration information.
此外,需要说明的是,在本公开的一个实施例之中,当放松处理包括以上的至少两种时,UE可以基于至少两种放松处理方法对正常测量状态的测量配置信息进行的放松处理,并结合正常测量状态下的其他参数得到放松后的测量配置信息。In addition, it should be noted that, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, when the relaxation processing includes at least two of the above, the UE may perform relaxation processing on the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state based on at least two relaxation processing methods, Combined with other parameters in the normal measurement state, the relaxed measurement configuration information is obtained.
具体的,在本公开的另一个实施例中,当放松处理包括:为正常测量状态的测量配置信息中的测量 周期提供扩展因子和减少正常测量状态的测量配置信息中需要测量的导频信号的种类时,则对正常测量状态的测量配置信息进行的放松处理得到放松后的测量配置信息包括:将该扩展因子和正常测量状态下的测量周期的乘积确定为放松测量状态下的测量周期,以及减少其需要测量的导频信号的种类得到减少后的需要测量的导频信号的种类,并基于放松测量状态下的测量周期和减少后的需要测量的导频信号的种类结合正常测量状态下的除测量周期和需要测量的导频信号的种类外的其他参数构成放松后的测量配置信息。Specifically, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, when the relaxation process includes: providing an expansion factor for the measurement cycle in the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state and reducing the number of pilot signals that need to be measured in the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state type, the relaxation process performed on the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state to obtain the relaxed measurement configuration information includes: determining the product of the expansion factor and the measurement cycle in the normal measurement state as the measurement cycle in the relaxed measurement state, and Reduce the types of pilot signals that need to be measured to obtain the reduced types of pilot signals that need to be measured, and based on the measurement cycle in the relaxed measurement state and the reduced types of pilot signals that need to be measured in combination with the normal measurement state Other parameters except the measurement period and the type of the pilot signal to be measured constitute the relaxed measurement configuration information.
还需要说明的是,在本公开的一个实施例之中,当空闲态的UE满足不同的放松准则时,对应的对正常测量状态的测量配置信息进行放松处理可以相同。It should also be noted that, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, when the UE in the idle state satisfies different relaxation criteria, the corresponding relaxation process for the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state may be the same.
在本公开的另一个实施例之中,当空闲态UE满足不同的放松准则时,对应的对正常测量状态的测量配置信息进行放松处理可以不同。以及,在本公开的一个实施例之中,当不同放松准则下的UE对应的对正常测量状态的测量配置信息进行放松处理不同时,针对满足静止准则的UE的对正常测量状态的测量配置信息执行的放松处理的放松程度可以大于针对满足低移动性准则的UE的对正常测量状态的测量配置信息的放松处理的放松程度且大于针对满足未处小区边缘准则的UE对应的对正常测量状态的测量配置信息的放松处理的放松程度。In another embodiment of the present disclosure, when the UE in the idle state satisfies different relaxation criteria, the corresponding relaxation processing for the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state may be different. And, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, when UEs under different relaxation criteria perform different relaxation processes on the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state, the measurement configuration information of the UE that satisfies the stationary criterion for the normal measurement state The degree of relaxation of the relaxation process performed may be greater than the relaxation degree of the relaxation process of the measurement configuration information for the UE that meets the low mobility criterion for the normal measurement state and greater than that for the UE that meets the criterion that is not in the cell edge. Measures how relaxed the relaxed processing of configuration information is.
示例的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,对满足静止准则的UE对应的对正常测量状态的测量配置信息进行的放松处理可以包括:停止对UE的正常测量;对满足低移动性准则的UE对应的对正常测量状态的测量配置信息进行的放松处理可以包括:为正常测量状态的测量配置信息中的测量周期提供扩展因子;对满足未处小区边缘准则的UE对应的对正常测量状态的测量配置信息进行的放松处理可以包括:减少正常测量状态的测量配置信息中的测量频率。Exemplarily, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, the relaxation processing of the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state corresponding to the UE satisfying the stationary criterion may include: stopping the normal measurement of the UE; The relaxation process for the UE corresponding to the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state may include: providing an extension factor for the measurement period in the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state; The relaxation process performed by the measurement configuration information may include: reducing the measurement frequency in the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state.
步骤506、基于放松后的测量配置信息执行测量放松,以将连接态UE的测量状态确定为测量放松状态。Step 506: Execute measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information, so as to determine the measurement state of the UE in the connected state as the measurement relaxation state.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例中,当步骤505中放松处理方法不同时,基于放松后的测量配置信息执行测量放松的具体操作也不相同。Wherein, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, when the relaxation processing methods in step 505 are different, the specific operation of performing measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information is also different.
具体的,在本公开的一个实施例中,当步骤505的放松处理为:停止对UE的正常测量时,则UE基于放松后的测量配置信息执行测量放松的方法具体可以包括:停止对UE一段时间的正常测量。Specifically, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, when the relaxation process in step 505 is: stop normal measurement of the UE, the method for the UE to perform measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information may specifically include: stop measuring the UE for a period of time. Normal measurement of time.
示例的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,假设停止对UE一个小时的正常测量。则UE可以停止一个小时的RRM测量。As an example, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, it is assumed that the normal measurement of the UE is stopped for one hour. Then the UE can stop RRM measurement for one hour.
在本公开的另一个实施例之中,当通过步骤505的放松处理为:减少正常测量状态的测量配置信息中的测量频率时,则UE基于放松后的测量配置信息执行测量放松的方法具体可以包括:UE基于减少后的测量频率执行测量。In another embodiment of the present disclosure, when the relaxation process in step 505 is to reduce the measurement frequency in the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state, the method for the UE to perform measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information may specifically be It includes: the UE performs measurement based on the reduced measurement frequency.
示例的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,假设减少后的测量频率为3GHZ。则UE可以仅对包括有3GHZ频段的测量标识进行测量,而对包括其他频段的测量标识不进行测量,从而实现放松测量。For example, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, it is assumed that the reduced measurement frequency is 3GHZ. Then the UE may only perform measurement on the measurement identifier including the 3GHZ frequency band, and not perform measurement on the measurement identifiers including other frequency bands, so as to realize relaxed measurement.
在本公开的另一个实施例之中,当通过步骤505的放松处理为:增加正常测量状态的测量配置信息中SMTC的周期时,则UE基于放松后的测量配置信息执行测量放松的方法具体可以包括:UE仅基于增加后的SMTC的周期执行测量。In another embodiment of the present disclosure, when the relaxing process in step 505 is to increase the period of SMTC in the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state, the method for the UE to perform measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information may specifically be Including: the UE performs measurements only based on the increased SMTC period.
示例的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,假设增加后的SMTC的周期为20ms。则UE可以基于增加后的SMTC的周期20ms执行RRM测量,从而实现放松测量。As an example, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, it is assumed that the period of the increased SMTC is 20 ms. Then the UE can perform RRM measurement based on the increased SMTC period of 20 ms, so as to realize relaxed measurement.
在本公开的另一个实施例之中,当通过步骤505的放松处理为:为正常测量状态的测量配置信息中的测量周期提供扩展因子时,则UE基于放松后的测量配置信息执行测量放松的方法具体可以包括:UE基于放松测量状态下的周期执行测量。In another embodiment of the present disclosure, when the relaxation process in step 505 is: providing an extension factor for the measurement period in the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state, the UE performs measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information. The method may specifically include: the UE performs measurement based on a period in a relaxed measurement state.
示例的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,假设为正常测量状态的测量配置信息中的测量周期提供扩展因子K。则UE可以基于正常测量状态下的测量周期与K的乘积确定的放松测量状态下的测量周期执行RRM测量,从而实现放松测量。As an example, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, it is assumed that an expansion factor K is provided for the measurement period in the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state. Then the UE may perform RRM measurement at the measurement period in the relaxed measurement state determined based on the product of the measurement period in the normal measurement state and K, so as to implement relaxed measurement.
在本公开的另一个实施例之中,当通过步骤505的放松处理为:减少正常测量状态的测量配置信息中SMTC的窗长时,则UE基于放松后的测量配置信息执行测量放松的方法具体可以包括:UE基于减 少后的SMTC的窗长执行测量。In another embodiment of the present disclosure, when the relaxation process in step 505 is to reduce the SMTC window length in the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state, the UE performs a measurement relaxation method based on the relaxed measurement configuration information. It may include: the UE performs measurement based on the reduced SMTC window length.
示例的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,假设减少后的SMTC的窗长为3ms。则UE可以基于减少后的SMTC的窗长3ms执行RRM测量,从而实现放松测量。As an example, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, it is assumed that the window length of the reduced SMTC is 3ms. Then the UE can perform RRM measurement based on the reduced SMTC window length of 3 ms, so as to realize relaxed measurement.
在本公开的另一个实施例之中,当通过步骤505的放松处理为:减少正常测量状态的测量配置信息中SSB-ToMeasure参数的数量时,则UE基于放松后的测量配置信息执行测量放松的方法具体可以包括:UE基于减少后的SSB-ToMeasure参数的数量执行测量。In another embodiment of the present disclosure, when the relaxation process in step 505 is to reduce the number of SSB-ToMeasure parameters in the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state, the UE performs measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information. The method may specifically include: the UE performs measurement based on the reduced number of SSB-ToMeasure parameters.
示例的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,假设减少后的SSB-ToMeasure参数的数量为8。则UE可以基于减少后的SSB-ToMeasure参数的数量8执行RRM测量,从而实现放松测量。For example, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, it is assumed that the number of reduced SSB-ToMeasure parameters is 8. Then the UE can perform RRM measurement based on the reduced number of 8 SSB-ToMeasure parameters, so as to realize relaxed measurement.
在本公开的另一个实施例之中,当通过步骤505的放松处理为:减少正常测量状态的测量配置信息中需要测量的导频信号的种类时,则UE基于放松后的测量配置信息执行测量放松的方法具体可以包括:UE基于减少后的需要测量的导频信号的种类执行测量。In another embodiment of the present disclosure, when the relaxation process in step 505 is to reduce the types of pilot signals that need to be measured in the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state, the UE performs measurement based on the relaxed measurement configuration information The relaxed method may specifically include: the UE performs measurement based on the reduced types of pilot signals that need to be measured.
综上所述,在本公开实施例提供的RRM测量放松指示方法之中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态,并当UE切换至连接态前处于测量放松状态时,会向基站发送状态指示信息,再获取来自基站的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,并基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,确定UE的测量状态。由此,在本公开实施例中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态前若处于测量放松状态,则会向基站发送状态指示信息,并获取来自基站根据状态指示信息的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,以便当UE的测量状态为连接态时可以基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个直接进入测量放松状态,也即是,仅需一次RRC配置即可使得连接态的UE继承非连接态UE的测量放松状态。由此,避免了在非连接态下满足测量放松的UE在进入连接态时的二次RRC重配,减少了冗余的信令交互及测量过程,降低了信令的开销,且节省了功耗。To sum up, in the RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure, the UE switches from the unconnected state to the connected state, and when the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, it will send a status indication to the base station information, and then acquire at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station, and determine the measurement status of the UE based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement from the base station according to the state indication information. At least one of the configuration information, so that when the measurement state of the UE is the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxation state based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to enable the connection The UE in the connected state inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the unconnected state. Thus, it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
图6为本公开又一个实施例所提供的一种RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图,应用于UE,如图6所示,该RRM测量放松指示方法可以包括以下步骤:FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a UE. As shown in FIG. 6 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
步骤601、UE处于空闲态时,判断UE是否满足放松准则。 Step 601, when the UE is in an idle state, it is judged whether the UE satisfies the relaxed criterion.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,放松准则可以包括低移动性准则、未处小区边缘准则、以及静止准则中的至少一种。Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the relaxed criterion may include at least one of the low mobility criterion, the not-at-the-cell-edge criterion, and the static criterion.
进一步地,若UE满足放松准则,则确定UE的测量状态为测量放松状态,继续执行步骤602。否则,则确定UE的测量状态为正常测量状态。Further, if the UE satisfies the relaxation criterion, it is determined that the measurement state of the UE is the measurement relaxation state, and step 602 is continued. Otherwise, it is determined that the measurement state of the UE is a normal measurement state.
步骤602、从空闲态切换至连接态,向基站发送状态指示信息。 Step 602, switch from the idle state to the connected state, and send state indication information to the base station.
步骤603、获取来自基站的放松测量配置信息和放松指示信息。Step 603: Obtain relaxation measurement configuration information and relaxation indication information from the base station.
步骤604、基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息,确定UE的测量状态。Step 604: Determine the measurement state of the UE based on the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information.
其中,关于步骤601~604的详细介绍可以参考上述实施例中的相关介绍,本公开实施例在此不做赘述。Wherein, for the detailed introduction of steps 601 to 604, reference may be made to the relevant introduction in the foregoing embodiments, and details are not described in this embodiment of the present disclosure.
综上所述,在本公开实施例提供的RRM测量放松指示方法之中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态,并当UE切换至连接态前处于测量放松状态时,会向基站发送状态指示信息,再获取来自基站的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,并基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,确定UE的测量状态。由此,在本公开实施例中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态前若处于测量放松状态,则会向基站发送状态指示信息,并获取来自基站根据状态指示信息的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,以便当UE的测量状态为连接态时可以基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个直接进入测量放松状态,也即是,仅需一次RRC配置即可使得连接态的UE继承非连接态UE的测量放松状态。由此,避免了在非连接态下满足测量放松的UE在进入连接态时的二次RRC重配,减少了冗余的信令交互及测量过程,降低了信令的开销,且节省了功耗。To sum up, in the RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure, the UE switches from the unconnected state to the connected state, and when the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, it will send a status indication to the base station information, and then acquire at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station, and determine the measurement status of the UE based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement from the base station according to the state indication information. At least one of the configuration information, so that when the measurement state of the UE is the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxation state based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to enable the connection The UE in the connected state inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the unconnected state. Thus, it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
图7为本公开又一个实施例所提供的一种RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图,应用于UE,如图7所示,该RRM测量放松指示方法可以包括以下步骤:FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a UE. As shown in FIG. 7 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
步骤701、UE处于非激活态时,判断UE是否满足放松准则。 Step 701, when the UE is in an inactive state, it is judged whether the UE satisfies the relaxed criterion.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,放松准则可以包括低移动性准则、未处小区边缘准则、以及静 止准则中的至少一种。Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the relaxed criterion may include at least one of the low mobility criterion, the not-at-the-cell-edge criterion, and the static criterion.
以及,关于判断UE是否满足放松准则的方法的具体介绍可以参考上述实施例中的相关介绍,本公开实施例在此不做赘述。And, for the specific introduction of the method for judging whether the UE satisfies the relaxed criterion, reference may be made to the relevant introduction in the foregoing embodiments, and the embodiments of the present disclosure will not repeat them here.
进一步地,若UE满足放松准则,则确定UE的测量状态为测量放松状态,继续执行步骤702。否则,则确定UE的测量状态为正常测量状态。Further, if the UE satisfies the relaxation criterion, it is determined that the measurement state of the UE is the measurement relaxation state, and step 702 is continued. Otherwise, it is determined that the measurement state of the UE is a normal measurement state.
步骤702、从非激活态切换至连接态,向基站发送状态指示信息。 Step 702, switch from the inactive state to the connected state, and send state indication information to the base station.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,UE从非激活态切换至连接态时,向基站发送状态指示信息的方法可以包括以下任意一种:Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, when the UE switches from the inactive state to the connected state, the method for sending status indication information to the base station may include any of the following:
第一种、通过RRC Resume Request(恢复请求消息)向基站发送状态指示信息。The first one is to send status indication information to the base station through RRC Resume Request (resume request message).
第二种、通过RRC Resume Request 1消息向基站发送状态指示信息。The second is to send status indication information to the base station through the RRC Resume Request 1 message.
第三种、通过RRC Resume Complete(恢复完成)消息向基站发送状态指示信息。The third way is to send status indication information to the base station through an RRC Resume Complete (resume complete) message.
步骤703、获取来自基站的放松测量配置信息。 Step 703, acquire relaxed measurement configuration information from the base station.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,当UE通过上述步骤702中第一种或第二种方法向基站发送状态指示信息时,UE获取基站发送的放松测量配置信息的方法可以包括:获取基站通过RRC Resume(连接恢复)消息发送的放松测量配置信息。Wherein, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, when the UE sends status indication information to the base station through the first or second method in step 702 above, the method for the UE to obtain the relaxed measurement configuration information sent by the base station may include: obtaining The relaxed measurement configuration information sent by the base station through the RRC Resume (connection resume) message.
以及,在本公开的另一个实施例之中,当UE通过上述步骤702中的第三种方法向基站发送状态指示信息时,UE获取基站发送的放松测量配置信息的方法可以包括:获取基站二次RRC重配的放松测量配置信息。以及,需要说明的是,此处虽然基站通过二次RRC重配放松测量配置信息,但是,在该二次RRC重配的过程中,UE无需进行不必要的RRM测量,且无需进行额外的上报,则同样可以降低信令的开销,节省功耗。And, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, when the UE sends status indication information to the base station through the third method in step 702 above, the method for the UE to obtain the relaxed measurement configuration information sent by the base station may include: obtaining the base station two Relaxed measurement configuration information for secondary RRC reconfiguration. And, it should be noted that although the base station relaxes the measurement configuration information through the second RRC reconfiguration, the UE does not need to perform unnecessary RRM measurement and no additional reporting during the second RRC reconfiguration process. , it can also reduce signaling overhead and save power consumption.
其中,关于放松测量配置信息的详细介绍可以参考上述实施例中的相关介绍,本公开实施例在此不做赘述。Wherein, for a detailed introduction about the relaxed measurement configuration information, reference may be made to relevant introductions in the foregoing embodiments, and details are not described in this embodiment of the present disclosure.
步骤704、基于放松测量配置信息执行测量放松,以将连接态UE的测量状态确定为测量放松状态。Step 704: Perform measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information, so as to determine the measurement state of the UE in the connected state as the measurement relaxed state.
其中,关于基于放松测量配置信息执行测量放松的详细介绍可以参考上述实施例中的相关介绍,本公开实施例在此不做赘述。For a detailed introduction about performing measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information, reference may be made to relevant introductions in the foregoing embodiments, and the embodiments of the present disclosure will not repeat them here.
综上所述,在本公开实施例提供的RRM测量放松指示方法之中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态,并当UE的测量状态处于测量放松状态时,会向基站发送状态指示信息,再获取基站发送的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,并基于基站发送的信息将连接态下的UE的测量状态的测量状态为测量放松状态。由此,在本公开实施例中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态前若处于测量放松状态,则会向基站发送状态指示信息,并获取基站根据状态指示信息发送的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,以便当UE的测量状态为连接态时可以基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个直接进入测量放松状态,也即是,仅需一次RRC配置即可使得连接态的UE继承非连接态UE的测量放松状态。由此,避免了在非连接态下满足测量放松的UE在进入连接态时的二次RRC重配,减少了冗余的信令交互及测量过程,降低了信令的开销,且节省了功耗。To sum up, in the RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure, the UE switches from the unconnected state to the connected state, and when the measurement state of the UE is in the measurement relaxation state, it will send state indication information to the base station, Then acquire at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information sent by the base station, and set the measurement state of the measurement state of the UE in the connected state to the measurement relaxation state based on the information sent by the base station. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement information sent by the base station according to the state indication information. At least one of the configuration information, so that when the measurement state of the UE is the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxation state based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to make the connection The UE in the connected state inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the unconnected state. Thus, it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
图8为本公开又一个实施例所提供的一种RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图,应用于UE,如图8所示,该RRM测量放松指示方法可以包括以下步骤:FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a UE. As shown in FIG. 8 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
步骤801、UE处于非激活态时,判断UE是否满足放松准则。 Step 801, when the UE is in an inactive state, it is judged whether the UE satisfies the relaxed criterion.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,放松准则可以包括低移动性准则、未处小区边缘准则、以及静止准则中的至少一种。Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the relaxed criterion may include at least one of the low mobility criterion, the not-at-the-cell-edge criterion, and the static criterion.
以及,关于判断UE是否满足放松准则的方法的具体介绍可以参考上述实施例中的相关介绍,本公开实施例在此不做赘述。And, for the specific introduction of the method for judging whether the UE satisfies the relaxed criterion, reference may be made to the relevant introduction in the foregoing embodiments, and the embodiments of the present disclosure will not repeat them here.
进一步地,若UE满足放松准则,则确定UE的测量状态为测量放松状态,继续执行步骤802。否则,则确定UE的测量状态为正常测量状态。Further, if the UE satisfies the relaxation criterion, it is determined that the measurement state of the UE is the measurement relaxation state, and step 802 is continued. Otherwise, it is determined that the measurement state of the UE is a normal measurement state.
步骤802、从非激活态切换至连接态,向基站发送状态指示信息。 Step 802, switch from the inactive state to the connected state, and send state indication information to the base station.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,UE从非激活态切换至连接态时,向基站发送状态指示信息的 方法可以包括以下任意一种:Among them, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, when the UE switches from the inactive state to the connected state, the method of sending status indication information to the base station may include any of the following:
第一种、通过RRC Resume Request(恢复请求消息)向基站发送状态指示信息。The first one is to send status indication information to the base station through RRC Resume Request (resume request message).
第二种、通过RRC Resume Request 1消息向基站发送状态指示信息。The second is to send status indication information to the base station through the RRC Resume Request 1 message.
第三种、通过RRC Resume Complete(恢复完成)消息向基站发送状态指示信息。The third way is to send status indication information to the base station through an RRC Resume Complete (resume complete) message.
步骤803、获取来自基站的放松指示信息,放松指示信息用于指示UE的测量状态为测量放松状态。Step 803: Obtain relaxation indication information from the base station, where the relaxation indication information is used to indicate that the measurement state of the UE is a measurement relaxation state.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,当UE通过上述步骤802中第一种或第二种方法向基站发送状态指示信息时,UE获取基站发送的放松指示信息的方法可以包括:获取基站通过RRC Resume消息发送的放松测量配置信息。Wherein, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, when the UE sends status indication information to the base station through the first or second method in step 802 above, the method for the UE to obtain the relaxation indication information sent by the base station may include: obtaining the base station Relaxed measurement configuration information sent through the RRC Resume message.
以及,在本公开的另一个实施例之中,当UE通过上述步骤802中的第三种方法向基站发送状态指示信息时,UE获取基站发送的放松指示信息的方法可以包括:获取基站二次RRC重配的放松指示信息。以及,需要说明的是,此处虽然基站通过二次RRC重配放松指示信息,但是,在该二次RRC重配的过程中,UE无需进行不必要的RRM测量,且无需进行额外的上报,则同样可以降低信令的开销,节省功耗。And, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, when the UE sends status indication information to the base station through the third method in step 802 above, the method for the UE to obtain the relaxation indication information sent by the base station may include: obtaining the base station's second Relaxation indication information for RRC reconfiguration. And, it should be noted that although the base station relaxes the indication information through the second RRC reconfiguration, in the process of the second RRC reconfiguration, the UE does not need to perform unnecessary RRM measurement, and does not need to perform additional reporting, Then, signaling overhead can also be reduced and power consumption can be saved.
步骤804、获取基站发送的正常测量状态的测量配置信息。 Step 804, acquiring the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state sent by the base station.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,UE获取基站发送的正常测量状态的测量配置信息的方法可以包括:获取基站通过RRC Resume消息发送的正常测量状态的测量配置信息。Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the method for the UE to obtain the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state sent by the base station may include: obtaining the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state sent by the base station through an RRC Resume message.
步骤805、获取基站指示的预定义的测量放松参数。 Step 805, acquiring a predefined measurement relaxation parameter indicated by the base station.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,UE获取基站指示的预定义的测量放松参数的方法可以包括以下的至少一种:Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the method for the UE to obtain the predefined measurement relaxation parameters indicated by the base station may include at least one of the following:
第一种、获取基站通过系统消息发送的预定义的测量放松参数。示例的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,可以获取基站通过SIB X广播预定义的测量放松参数,其中,X可以为任意SIB。The first method is to obtain a predefined measurement relaxation parameter sent by the base station through a system message. Exemplarily, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, the predefined measurement relaxation parameter broadcast by the base station through SIB X may be acquired, where X may be any SIB.
第二种、基于协议获取基站指示的预定义的测量放松参数。示例的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,可以获取基站基于TS38.331协议来指示预定义的测量放松参数。The second type is to obtain a predefined measurement relaxation parameter indicated by the base station based on a protocol. Exemplarily, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the base station may be acquired to indicate a predefined measurement relaxation parameter based on the TS38.331 protocol.
第三种、获取基站通过RRC消息发送的预定义的测量放松参数。示例的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,可以获取基站通过RRC Resume消息向UE发送预定义的测量放松参数。The third method is to obtain a predefined measurement relaxation parameter sent by the base station through an RRC message. Exemplarily, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, it may be acquired that the base station sends a predefined measurement relaxation parameter to the UE through an RRC Resume message.
第四种、获取携带于放松指示信息中的预定义的测量放松参数。The fourth method is to acquire a predefined measurement relaxation parameter carried in the relaxation indication information.
具体的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,UE可以仅通过上述第一种、第二种、第三种、或第四种方法来获取预定义的测量放松参数。在本公开的一个实施例之中,UE获取基站指示的预定义的测量放松参数的方法还可以为上述方法中的任意两两组合或者任意三三组合或者上述全部四种。Specifically, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the UE may acquire the predefined measurement relaxation parameter only through the first, second, third, or fourth method above. In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the method for the UE to obtain the predefined measurement relaxation parameters indicated by the base station may also be any combination of two or three or all four of the above methods.
步骤806、基于预定义的测量放松参数和正常测量状态的测量配置信息执行测量放松,以将连接态UE的测量状态确定为测量放松状态。 Step 806, perform measurement relaxation based on the predefined measurement relaxation parameters and the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state, so as to determine the measurement state of the UE in the connected state as the measurement relaxation state.
其中,关于步骤805~806的详细介绍可以参考上述实施例中的相关介绍,本公开实施例在此不做赘述。Wherein, for the detailed introduction of steps 805-806, reference may be made to the relevant introduction in the foregoing embodiments, and details are not described here in the embodiments of the present disclosure.
综上所述,在本公开实施例提供的RRM测量放松指示方法之中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态,并当UE切换至连接态前处于测量放松状态时,会向基站发送状态指示信息,再获取来自基站的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,并基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,确定UE的测量状态。由此,在本公开实施例中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态前若处于测量放松状态,则会向基站发送状态指示信息,并获取来自基站根据状态指示信息的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,以便当UE的测量状态为连接态时可以基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个直接进入测量放松状态,也即是,仅需一次RRC配置即可使得连接态的UE继承非连接态UE的测量放松状态。由此,避免了在非连接态下满足测量放松的UE在进入连接态时的二次RRC重配,减少了冗余的信令交互及测量过程,降低了信令的开销,且节省了功耗。To sum up, in the RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure, the UE switches from the unconnected state to the connected state, and when the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, it will send a status indication to the base station information, and then acquire at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station, and determine the measurement status of the UE based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement from the base station according to the state indication information. At least one of the configuration information, so that when the measurement state of the UE is the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxation state based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to enable the connection The UE in the connected state inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the unconnected state. Thus, it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
图9为本公开又一个实施例所提供的一种RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图,应用于UE,如图9所示,该RRM测量放松指示方法可以包括以下步骤:FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a UE. As shown in FIG. 9, the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
步骤901、UE处于非激活态时,判断UE是否满足放松准则。 Step 901, when the UE is in an inactive state, it is judged whether the UE satisfies the relaxed criterion.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,放松准则可以包括低移动性准则、未处小区边缘准则、以及静止准则中的至少一种。Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the relaxed criterion may include at least one of the low mobility criterion, the not-at-the-cell-edge criterion, and the static criterion.
以及,关于判断UE是否满足放松准则的方法的具体介绍可以参考上述实施例中的相关介绍,本公开实施例在此不做赘述。And, for the specific introduction of the method for judging whether the UE satisfies the relaxed criterion, reference may be made to the relevant introduction in the foregoing embodiments, and the embodiments of the present disclosure will not repeat them here.
进一步地,若UE满足放松准则,则确定UE的测量状态为测量放松状态,继续执行步骤902。否则,则确定UE的测量状态为正常测量状态。Further, if the UE satisfies the relaxation criterion, it is determined that the measurement state of the UE is the measurement relaxation state, and step 902 is continued. Otherwise, it is determined that the measurement state of the UE is a normal measurement state.
步骤902、从非激活态切换至连接态,向基站发送状态指示信息。 Step 902, switch from the inactive state to the connected state, and send state indication information to the base station.
步骤903、获取来自基站的放松指示信息,放松指示信息用于指示UE的测量状态为测量放松状态。Step 903: Acquire relaxation indication information from the base station, where the relaxation indication information is used to indicate that the measurement state of the UE is a measurement relaxation state.
步骤904、获取基站发送的正常测量状态的测量配置信息。 Step 904, acquiring the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state sent by the base station.
步骤905、对正常测量状态的测量配置信息进行放松处理得到放松后的测量配置信息。 Step 905 , perform relaxation processing on the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state to obtain relaxed measurement configuration information.
步骤906、基于放松后的测量配置信息执行测量放松,以将连接态UE的测量状态确定为测量放松状态。Step 906: Execute measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information, so as to determine the measurement state of the UE in the connected state as the measurement relaxation state.
其中,关于步骤901~906的详细介绍可以参考上述实施例中的相关介绍,本公开实施例在此不做赘述。Wherein, for the detailed introduction of steps 901 to 906, reference may be made to the relevant introduction in the foregoing embodiments, and details are not described in this embodiment of the present disclosure.
综上所述,在本公开实施例提供的RRM测量放松指示方法之中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态,并当UE切换至连接态前处于测量放松状态时,会向基站发送状态指示信息,再获取来自基站的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,并基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,确定UE的测量状态。由此,在本公开实施例中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态前若处于测量放松状态,则会向基站发送状态指示信息,并获取来自基站根据状态指示信息的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,以便当UE的测量状态为连接态时可以基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个直接进入测量放松状态,也即是,仅需一次RRC配置即可使得连接态的UE继承非连接态UE的测量放松状态。由此,避免了在非连接态下满足测量放松的UE在进入连接态时的二次RRC重配,减少了冗余的信令交互及测量过程,降低了信令的开销,且节省了功耗。To sum up, in the RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure, the UE switches from the unconnected state to the connected state, and when the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, it will send a status indication to the base station information, and then acquire at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station, and determine the measurement status of the UE based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement from the base station according to the state indication information. At least one of the configuration information, so that when the measurement state of the UE is the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxation state based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to enable the connection The UE in the connected state inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the unconnected state. Thus, it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
图10为本公开又一个实施例所提供的一种RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图,应用于UE,如图10所示,该RRM测量放松指示方法可以包括以下步骤:FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a UE. As shown in FIG. 10 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
步骤1001、UE处于非激活态时,判断UE是否满足放松准则。 Step 1001, when the UE is in an inactive state, it is judged whether the UE satisfies the relaxed criterion.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,放松准则可以包括低移动性准则、未处小区边缘准则、以及静止准则中的至少一种。Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the relaxed criterion may include at least one of the low mobility criterion, the not-at-the-cell-edge criterion, and the static criterion.
进一步地,若UE满足放松准则,则确定UE的测量状态为测量放松状态,继续执行步骤1002。否则,则确定UE的测量状态为正常测量状态。Further, if the UE satisfies the relaxation criterion, it is determined that the measurement state of the UE is the measurement relaxation state, and step 1002 is continued. Otherwise, it is determined that the measurement state of the UE is a normal measurement state.
步骤1002、从非激活态切换至连接态,向基站发送状态指示信息。 Step 1002, switch from the inactive state to the connected state, and send state indication information to the base station.
步骤1003、获取来自基站的放松测量配置信息和放松指示信息。Step 1003: Acquire relaxation measurement configuration information and relaxation instruction information from the base station.
步骤1004、基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息,确定UE的测量状态。Step 1004: Determine the measurement status of the UE based on the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information.
其中,关于步骤1001~1004的详细介绍可以参考上述实施例中的相关介绍,本公开实施例在此不做赘述。Wherein, for the detailed introduction of steps 1001 to 1004, reference may be made to the relevant introduction in the foregoing embodiments, and the embodiments of the present disclosure will not repeat them here.
综上所述,在本公开实施例提供的RRM测量放松指示方法之中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态,并当UE切换至连接态前处于测量放松状态时,会向基站发送状态指示信息,再获取来自基站的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,并基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,确定UE的测量状态。由此,在本公开实施例中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态前若处于测量放松状态,则会向基站发送状态指示信息,并获取来自基站根据状态指示信息的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,以便当UE的测量状态为连接态时可以基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个直接进入测量放松状态,也即是,仅需一次RRC配置即可使得连接态的UE继承非连接态UE的测量放松状态。由此,避免了在非连接态下满足测量放松的UE在进入连接态时的二次RRC重配,减少了冗余的信令交互及测量过程,降低了信令的开销,且节省了功耗。To sum up, in the RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure, the UE switches from the unconnected state to the connected state, and when the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, it will send a status indication to the base station information, and then acquire at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station, and determine the measurement status of the UE based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement from the base station according to the state indication information. At least one of the configuration information, so that when the measurement state of the UE is the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxation state based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to enable the connection The UE in the connected state inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the unconnected state. Thus, it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
图11为本公开又一个实施例所提供的一种RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图,应用于UE,如 图11所示,该RRM测量放松指示方法可以包括以下步骤:FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a UE. As shown in FIG. 11 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
步骤1101、向基站发送UE能力信息,UE能力信息用于指示UE是否具备测量状态上报能力。 Step 1101 , sending UE capability information to the base station, where the UE capability information is used to indicate whether the UE is capable of reporting measurement status.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,当UE具备测量状态上报能力时,则UE可以向基站发送用于指示基站该UE具备测量状态上报能力的UE能力信息。Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, when the UE has the capability of reporting the measurement state, the UE may send UE capability information to the base station to indicate to the base station that the UE has the capability of reporting the measurement state.
步骤1102、接收来自基站的上报指示信息,上报指示信息用于指示UE是否允许向基站上报测量状态。Step 1102: Receive reporting indication information from the base station, where the reporting indication information is used to indicate whether the UE is allowed to report the measurement status to the base station.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,UE接收来自基站的上报指示信息的方法具体可以包括:接收基站通过系统消息发送的上报指示信息。Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the method for the UE to receive the reporting indication information from the base station may specifically include: receiving the reporting indication information sent by the base station through a system message.
以及,在本公开的另一个实施例之中,UE接收来自基站的上报指示信息的方法具体可以包括:当UE释放RRC连接时,接收基站通过RRC消息(例如RRC release消息)发送的上报指示信息。And, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, the method for the UE to receive the reporting indication information from the base station may specifically include: when the UE releases the RRC connection, receiving the reporting indication information sent by the base station through an RRC message (such as an RRC release message) .
步骤1103、从非连接态切换至连接态,并当UE在切换至连接态前处于测量放松状态时,向基站发送状态指示信息。 Step 1103, switch from the unconnected state to the connected state, and when the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, send state indication information to the base station.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,当UE能力信息指示UE具备测量状态上报能力,且上报指示信息指示允许UE向基站上报测量状态时,则当UE从非连接态切换至连接态时,UE可以向基站发送状态指示信息,以便接收基站根据状态指示信息发送的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,并基于指示信息和/或放松测量配置信息在进入连接态时直接将UE的测量状态确定为测量放松状态。Wherein, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, when the UE capability information indicates that the UE has the capability of reporting the measurement state, and the reporting indication information indicates that the UE is allowed to report the measurement state to the base station, then when the UE switches from the unconnected state to the connected state , the UE may send status indication information to the base station, so as to receive at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information sent by the base station according to the status indication information, and directly set the The measurement state of the UE is determined as the measurement relaxed state.
以及,关于向基站发送状态指示信息的详细介绍可以参考上述实施例之中的相关介绍,本公开实施例在此不做赘述。And, for a detailed introduction about sending status indication information to the base station, reference may be made to relevant introductions in the foregoing embodiments, and details will not be repeated here in the embodiments of the present disclosure.
步骤1104、获取来自基站的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一种。 Step 1104, acquire at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station.
步骤1105、基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一种,确定UE的测量状态。 Step 1105, based on at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information, determine the measurement state of the UE.
其中,关于步骤1104~1105的详细介绍可以参考上述实施例中的相关介绍,本公开实施例在此不做赘述。Wherein, for the detailed introduction of steps 1104 to 1105, reference may be made to the relevant introduction in the foregoing embodiments, and details are not repeated here in the embodiments of the present disclosure.
综上所述,在本公开实施例提供的RRM测量放松指示方法之中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态,并当UE切换至连接态前处于测量放松状态时,会向基站发送状态指示信息,再获取来自基站的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,并基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,确定UE的测量状态。由此,在本公开实施例中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态前若处于测量放松状态,则会向基站发送状态指示信息,并获取来自基站根据状态指示信息的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,以便当UE的测量状态为连接态时可以基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个直接进入测量放松状态,也即是,仅需一次RRC配置即可使得连接态的UE继承非连接态UE的测量放松状态。由此,避免了在非连接态下满足测量放松的UE在进入连接态时的二次RRC重配,减少了冗余的信令交互及测量过程,降低了信令的开销,且节省了功耗。To sum up, in the RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure, the UE switches from the unconnected state to the connected state, and when the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, it will send a status indication to the base station information, and then acquire at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station, and determine the measurement status of the UE based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement from the base station according to the state indication information. At least one of the configuration information, so that when the measurement state of the UE is the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxation state based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to enable the connection The UE in the connected state inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the unconnected state. Thus, it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
图12为本公开又一个实施例所提供的一种RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图,应用于基站,如图12所示,该RRM测量放松指示方法可以包括以下步骤:FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a base station. As shown in FIG. 12 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
步骤1201、接收来自UE的状态指示信息。 Step 1201, receiving status indication information from a UE.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,基站可以通过RRC连接建立/恢复过程中的RRC消息接收UE发送的状态指示信息。具体的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,当UE从空闲态切换至连接态,并在切换至连接态前处于测量放松状态时,基站可以通过RRC连接建立过程中的RRC消息接收UE的发送状态指示信息。在本公开的另一个实施例之中,当UE从非激活态切换至连接态,并在切换至连接态前处于测量放松状态时,基站可以通过RRC连接恢复过程中的RRC消息接收UE发送的状态指示信息。Wherein, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, the base station may receive the status indication information sent by the UE through an RRC message during the RRC connection establishment/restoration process. Specifically, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, when the UE switches from the idle state to the connected state and is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, the base station can receive the UE's RRC message through the RRC connection establishment process. Send status indication information. In another embodiment of the present disclosure, when the UE switches from the inactive state to the connected state and is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, the base station can receive the RRC message sent by the UE through the RRC message during the RRC connection recovery process. Status indication information.
以及,在本公开的一个实施例之中,状态指示信息可以用于指示UE在切换至连接态前处于测量放松状态。以及,在本公开的另一个实施例之中,状态指示信息还可以用于指示UE在切换至连接态前所处的具体放松准则(例如低移动性准则、未处小区边缘准则以及静止准则等)。And, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the state indication information may be used to indicate that the UE is in a measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state. And, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, the state indication information can also be used to indicate the specific relaxation criteria (such as low mobility criteria, not at the edge of the cell, and static criteria, etc.) that the UE is in before switching to the connected state. ).
步骤1202、向UE发送放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个。 Step 1202, sending at least one of relaxation instruction information and relaxation measurement configuration information to the UE.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,基站可以仅向UE发送放松指示信息。在本公开的另一个实施 例之中,基站可以仅向UE发送放松测量配置信息。在本公开的又一实施例之中,基站可以向UE发送放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息。Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the base station may only send relaxation indication information to the UE. In another embodiment of the present disclosure, the base station may only send the relaxed measurement configuration information to the UE. In yet another embodiment of the present disclosure, the base station may send relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information to the UE.
综上所述,在本公开实施例提供的RRM测量放松指示方法之中,基站可以接收来自UE通过RRC连接建立/恢复过程中的RRC消息发送的状态指示信息,并向UE发送放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个。由此,在本公开实施例中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态前若处于测量放松状态,则会向基站发送状态指示信息,并获取基站根据状态指示信息发送的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,以便当UE切换至连接态时可以基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个直接进入测量放松状态,也即是,仅需一次RRC配置即可使得连接态的UE继承非连接态UE的测量放松状态。由此,避免了在非连接态下满足测量放松的UE在进入连接态时的二次RRC重配,减少了冗余的信令交互及测量过程,降低了信令的开销,且节省了功耗。To sum up, in the RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure, the base station can receive the status indication information sent from the UE through the RRC message during the RRC connection establishment/restoration process, and send the relaxation indication information and At least one of the measurement configuration information is relaxed. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement information sent by the base station according to the state indication information. Configure at least one of the information, so that when the UE switches to the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxed state based on at least one of the relaxed indication information and the relaxed measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to make the connected state The UE inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the disconnected state. Thus, it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
图13为本公开又一个实施例所提供的一种RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图,应用于基站,如图13所示,该RRM测量放松指示方法可以包括以下步骤:FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a base station. As shown in FIG. 13 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
步骤1301、接收UE通过RRC连接建立过程中的RRC消息发送的状态指示信息。Step 1301: Receive status indication information sent by the UE through an RRC message during RRC connection establishment.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,状态指示信息可以用于指示UE在切换至连接态前满足测量放松准则。以及,在本公开的另一个实施例之中,状态指示信息还可以用于指示UE在切换至连接态前所满足的具体放松准则,例如用于指示满足低移动性准则、或者用于指示满足未处小区边缘准则、或者用于指示满足静止准则等。Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the status indication information may be used to indicate that the UE satisfies the measurement relaxation criterion before switching to the connected state. And, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, the state indication information can also be used to indicate the specific relaxation criteria that the UE satisfies before switching to the connected state, for example, to indicate that the low mobility criteria are satisfied, or to indicate that the Not in the cell edge criterion, or used to indicate that the static criterion is met.
以及,在本公开的一个实施例之中,基站接收UE通过RRC连接建立过程中的RRC消息发送的状态指示信息的方法具体可以包括以下任意一个方法:And, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, the method for the base station to receive the status indication information sent by the UE through the RRC message during the RRC connection establishment process may specifically include any of the following methods:
第一个、接收UE通过RRC Setup Request消息发送的状态指示信息。The first one is to receive the status indication information sent by the UE through the RRC Setup Request message.
第二个、接收UE通过新建立的RRC Setup Request 1消息发送的状态指示信息。The second one is to receive the status indication information sent by the UE through the newly established RRC Setup Request 1 message.
第三个、接收UE通过RRC Setup Complete消息发送的状态指示信息。The third one is to receive the status indication information sent by the UE through the RRC Setup Complete message.
步骤1302、向UE发送放松测量配置信息。Step 1302, sending relaxed measurement configuration information to the UE.
其中,在本公开的另一个实施例之中,当基站通过上述步骤1301中的第一个至第三个中的任意一种方法接收UE发送的状态指示信息时,基站向UE发送放松测量配置信息的方法可以包括:通过RRC Reconfiguration消息向UE发送放松测量配置信息。Wherein, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, when the base station receives the status indication information sent by the UE through any one of the first to third methods in step 1301 above, the base station sends the relaxed measurement configuration to the UE The information method may include: sending relaxed measurement configuration information to the UE through an RRC Reconfiguration message.
以及,在本公开的一个实施例之中,放松测量配置信息可以包括以下至少一种:And, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the relaxed measurement configuration information may include at least one of the following:
删除正常测量状态的测量配置信息;Delete the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state;
新的测量频率,新的测量频率的数量小于正常测量状态的测量频率的数量;A new measurement frequency, the number of new measurement frequencies is less than the number of measurement frequencies in the normal measurement state;
新的SMTC,新的SMTC的周期大于正常测量状态的SMTC的周期;New SMTC, the period of the new SMTC is greater than the period of the SMTC in the normal measurement state;
新的SMTC,新的SMTC的窗长小于正常测量状态的SMTC的窗长;New SMTC, the window length of the new SMTC is smaller than the window length of the SMTC in the normal measurement state;
新的SSB-ToMeasure参数,新的SSB-ToMeasure参数对应的测量数量小于正常测量状态的SSB-ToMeasure参数对应的测量数量;The new SSB-ToMeasure parameter, the measurement quantity corresponding to the new SSB-ToMeasure parameter is less than the measurement quantity corresponding to the SSB-ToMeasure parameter in the normal measurement state;
新的需要测量的导频信号,新的需要测量的导频信号的种类少于正常测量状态的导频信号的种类。New pilot signals that need to be measured, the types of new pilot signals that need to be measured are less than the types of pilot signals in a normal measurement state.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例中,放松测量配置信息可以仅为以上配置信息中的任意一种。在本公开的另一个实施例中,放松测量配置信息可以为以上配置信息中的任意两两组合、任意三三组合、任意四四组合、任意五五组合和上配置信息中的全部六种。Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the relaxed measurement configuration information may be only any one of the above configuration information. In another embodiment of the present disclosure, the relaxed measurement configuration information may be any two-two combination, any three-three combination, any four-four combination, any five-five combination, and all six of the above configuration information.
以及,关于放松测量配置信息的详细介绍可以参考上述实施例中的相关介绍,本公开实施例在此不做赘述。And, for a detailed introduction about relaxing measurement configuration information, reference may be made to related introductions in the foregoing embodiments, and details are not described in this embodiment of the present disclosure.
综上所述,在本公开实施例提供的RRM测量放松指示方法之中,基站可以接收来自UE通过RRC连接建立/恢复过程中的RRC消息发送的状态指示信息,并向UE发送放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个。由此,在本公开实施例中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态前若处于测量放松状态,则会向基站发送状态指示信息,并获取基站根据状态指示信息发送的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,以便当UE切换至连接态时可以基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个直接进入测量放松状态,也即是,仅需一次RRC配置即可使得连接态的UE继承非连接态UE的测量放松 状态。由此,避免了在非连接态下满足测量放松的UE在进入连接态时的二次RRC重配,减少了冗余的信令交互及测量过程,降低了信令的开销,且节省了功耗。To sum up, in the RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure, the base station can receive the status indication information sent from the UE through the RRC message during the RRC connection establishment/restoration process, and send the relaxation indication information and At least one of the measurement configuration information is relaxed. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement information sent by the base station according to the state indication information. Configure at least one of the information, so that when the UE switches to the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxed state based on at least one of the relaxed indication information and the relaxed measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to make the connected state The UE inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the disconnected state. Thus, it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
图14为本公开又一个实施例所提供的一种RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图,应用于基站,如图14所示,该RRM测量放松指示方法可以包括以下步骤:FIG. 14 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a base station. As shown in FIG. 14 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
步骤1401、接收UE通过RRC连接建立过程中的RRC消息发送的状态指示信息。Step 1401, receiving status indication information sent by the UE through an RRC message during RRC connection establishment.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,状态指示信息可以用于指示UE在切换至连接态前处于测量放松状态。以及,在本公开的另一个实施例之中,状态指示信息还可以用于指示UE在切换至连接态前所处的具体放松准则(例如低移动性准则、未处小区边缘准则以及静止准则等)。Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the state indication information may be used to indicate that the UE is in a measurement relaxed state before switching to the connected state. And, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, the state indication information can also be used to indicate the specific relaxation criteria (such as low mobility criteria, not at the edge of the cell, and static criteria, etc.) that the UE is in before switching to the connected state. ).
以及,在本公开的一个实施例之中,基站接收UE通过RRC连接建立过程中的RRC消息发送的状态指示信息的方法具体可以包括以下任意一个方法:And, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, the method for the base station to receive the status indication information sent by the UE through the RRC message during the RRC connection establishment process may specifically include any of the following methods:
第一个、接收UE通过RRC Setup Request消息发送的状态指示信息。The first one is to receive the status indication information sent by the UE through the RRC Setup Request message.
第二个、接收UE通过新建立的RRC Setup Request 1消息发送的状态指示信息。The second one is to receive the status indication information sent by the UE through the newly established RRC Setup Request 1 message.
第三个、接收UE通过RRC Setup Complete消息发送的状态指示信息。The third one is to receive the status indication information sent by the UE through the RRC Setup Complete message.
步骤1402、向UE发送放松指示信息,放松指示信息用于指示UE的测量状态为测量放松状态。Step 1402: Send relaxation indication information to the UE, where the relaxation indication information is used to indicate that the measurement state of the UE is a measurement relaxation state.
其中,在本公开的另一个实施例之中,当基站通过上述步骤1401中的第一个至第三个中的任意一种方法接收UE发送的状态指示信息时,基站向UE发送放松指示信息的方法可以包括:通过RRC Reconfiguration消息向UE发送放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个。Wherein, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, when the base station receives the status indication information sent by the UE through any one of the first to third methods in step 1401 above, the base station sends the relaxation indication information to the UE The method may include: sending at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information to the UE through an RRC Reconfiguration message.
以及,在本公开的一个实施例之中,当基站通过上述步骤1401中第一个或第二个方法接收UE发送的状态指示信息时,基站向UE发送放松指示信息的方法可以包括:通过RRC Setup消息向UE发送放松指示信息。And, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, when the base station receives the status indication information sent by the UE through the first or second method in step 1401 above, the method for the base station to send the relaxation indication information to the UE may include: through RRC The Setup message sends relaxation indication information to the UE.
步骤1403、向UE发送正常测量状态的测量配置信息。 Step 1403, sending the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state to the UE.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例中,基站向UE发送正常测量配置的方法可以包括:通过RRC Reconfiguration消息向UE发送正常测量状态的测量配置信息。Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the method for the base station to send the normal measurement configuration to the UE may include: sending the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state to the UE through an RRC Reconfiguration message.
步骤1404、向UE指示预定义的测量放松参数。 Step 1404, indicating the predefined measurement relaxation parameters to the UE.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,基站向UE指示预定义的测量放松参数的方法可以包括以下的至少一种:Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the method for the base station to indicate to the UE the predefined measurement relaxation parameters may include at least one of the following:
第一种、通过系统消息向连接态UE发送预定义的测量放松参数。示例的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,基站可以通过SIB X广播预定义的测量放松参数,其中,X可以为任意SIB。The first one is to send a predefined measurement relaxation parameter to the UE in the connected state through a system message. Exemplarily, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the base station may broadcast a predefined measurement relaxation parameter through SIB X, where X may be any SIB.
第二种、通过协议向连接态UE指示预定义的测量放松参数。示例的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,基站可以基于TS38.331协议来指示预定义的测量放松参数。The second type is to indicate the predefined measurement relaxation parameters to the UE in the connected state through a protocol. Exemplarily, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the base station may indicate a predefined measurement relaxation parameter based on the TS38.331 protocol.
第三种、通过RRC消息向连接态UE发送预定义的测量放松参数。示例的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,基站可以通过RRC Reconfiguration消息或RRC Setup消息向UE发送预定义的测量放松参数。The third type is sending a predefined measurement relaxation parameter to the UE in the connected state through an RRC message. Exemplarily, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the base station may send a predefined measurement relaxation parameter to the UE through an RRC Reconfiguration message or an RRC Setup message.
第四种、向UE发送放松指示信息时,将该预定义的测量放松参数携带于放松指示信息中。Fourth, when sending relaxation indication information to the UE, the predefined measurement relaxation parameters are carried in the relaxation indication information.
具体的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,基站可以仅通过上述第一种、第二种、第三种、或第四种方法向连接态UE指示预定义的测量放松参数。在本公开的一个实施例之中,基站向连接态UE指示预定义的测量放松参数的方法还可以为上述方法中的任意两两组合或者任意三三组合或者上述全部四种。Specifically, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the base station may only indicate the predefined measurement relaxation parameter to the UE in the connected state through the above-mentioned first, second, third, or fourth method. In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the method for the base station to indicate the predefined measurement relaxation parameters to the UE in the connected state may also be any two-two combination or any three-three combination or all four of the above methods.
进一步地,在本公开的一个实施例之中,测量放松参数包括以下至少一种:Further, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, measuring relaxation parameters includes at least one of the following:
预定义的测量周期扩展因子;Predefined measurement cycle expansion factors;
预定义的测量频率,预定义的测量频率的数量小于正常测量状态的测量频率的数量;Pre-defined measurement frequencies, the number of predefined measurement frequencies is less than the number of measurement frequencies in the normal measurement state;
预定义的SMTC,预定义的SMTC的周期大于正常测量状态下的SMTC的周期;A predefined SMTC, the period of the predefined SMTC is greater than the period of the SMTC in the normal measurement state;
预定义的SMTC,预定义的SMTC的窗长小于正常测量状态下的SMTC的窗长;A predefined SMTC, the window length of the predefined SMTC is smaller than the window length of the SMTC in the normal measurement state;
预定义的SSB-ToMeasure参数,预定义的SSB-ToMeasure参数对应的测量数量小于正常测量状态下的SSB-ToMeasure参数对应的测量数量;The predefined SSB-ToMeasure parameter, the measurement quantity corresponding to the predefined SSB-ToMeasure parameter is smaller than the measurement quantity corresponding to the SSB-ToMeasure parameter in the normal measurement state;
预定义的需要测量的导频信号的种类,预定义的需要测量的导频信号的种类少于所述正常测量状态下的需要测量的导频信号的种类。The predefined types of pilot signals that need to be measured are less than the types of pilot signals that need to be measured in the normal measurement state.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例中,测量放松参数可以仅为以上参数中的任意一种。在本公开的另一个实施例中,测量放松参数可以为以上参数中的任意两两组合、任意三三组合、任意四四组合、任意五五组合或者以上参数中的全部六种。Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the measurement relaxation parameter may be only any one of the above parameters. In another embodiment of the present disclosure, the measurement relaxation parameter may be any two-two combination, any three-three combination, any four-four combination, any five-five combination, or all six of the above parameters.
以及,关于测量放松参数的详细介绍可以参考上述实施例中的相关介绍,本公开实施例在此不做赘述。And, for a detailed introduction about measuring relaxation parameters, reference may be made to related introductions in the foregoing embodiments, and the embodiments of the present disclosure will not repeat them here.
进一步地,在本公开的一个实施例之中,当基站通过RRC Reconfiguration消息向UE发送正常测量状态的测量配置信息并向UE指示了预定义的测量放松参数时,UE可以基于预定义的测量放松参数和正常测量状态的测量配置信息执行测量放松,以使得连接态UE的测量状态确定为测量放松状态。Further, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, when the base station sends the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state to the UE through the RRC Reconfiguration message and indicates the predefined measurement relaxation parameters to the UE, the UE can relax the measurement based on the predefined measurement configuration information. The parameters and the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state perform measurement relaxation, so that the measurement state of the UE in the connected state is determined as the measurement relaxation state.
综上所述,在本公开实施例提供的RRM测量放松指示方法之中,基站可以接收来自UE通过RRC连接建立/恢复过程中的RRC消息发送的状态指示信息,并向UE发送放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个。由此,在本公开实施例中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态前若处于测量放松状态,则会向基站发送状态指示信息,并获取基站根据状态指示信息发送的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,以便当UE切换至连接态时可以基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个直接进入测量放松状态,也即是,仅需一次RRC配置即可使得连接态的UE继承非连接态UE的测量放松状态。由此,避免了在非连接态下满足测量放松的UE在进入连接态时的二次RRC重配,减少了冗余的信令交互及测量过程,降低了信令的开销,且节省了功耗。To sum up, in the RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure, the base station can receive the status indication information sent from the UE through the RRC message during the RRC connection establishment/restoration process, and send the relaxation indication information and At least one of the measurement configuration information is relaxed. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement information sent by the base station according to the state indication information. Configure at least one of the information, so that when the UE switches to the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxed state based on at least one of the relaxed indication information and the relaxed measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to make the connected state The UE inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the disconnected state. Thus, it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
图15为本公开又一个实施例所提供的一种RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图,应用于基站,如图15所示,该RRM测量放松指示方法可以包括以下步骤:FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a base station. As shown in FIG. 15 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
步骤1501、接收UE通过RRC连接建立过程中的RRC消息发送的状态指示信息。Step 1501: Receive status indication information sent by the UE through an RRC message during RRC connection establishment.
步骤1502、向UE发送放松指示信息,放松指示信息用于指示UE的测量状态确定为测量放松状态。Step 1502: Send relaxation indication information to the UE, where the relaxation indication information is used to indicate that the measurement state of the UE is determined to be the measurement relaxation state.
步骤1503、向UE发送正常测量状态的测量配置信息。 Step 1503, sending the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state to the UE.
其中,关于步骤1501~1503的详细介绍可以参考上述实施例中的相关介绍,本公开实施例在此不做赘述。Wherein, for the detailed introduction of steps 1501-1503, reference may be made to the relevant introduction in the foregoing embodiments, and details are not described in this embodiment of the present disclosure.
以及,在本公开的一个实施例之中,当基站向UE发送放松指示信息,并通过RRC Reconfiguration消息向UE发送正常测量状态的测量配置信息时,UE可以对正常测量状态的测量配置信息进行放松处理得到放松后的测量配置信息,以便后续UE基于放松后的测量配置信息执行测量放松,以使得连接态UE的测量状态为测量放松状态。And, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, when the base station sends relaxation indication information to the UE, and sends measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state to the UE through the RRC Reconfiguration message, the UE can relax the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state The relaxed measurement configuration information is obtained through processing, so that the subsequent UE performs measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information, so that the measurement state of the UE in the connected state is the measurement relaxed state.
综上所述,在本公开实施例提供的RRM测量放松指示方法之中,基站可以接收来自UE通过RRC连接建立/恢复过程中的RRC消息发送的状态指示信息,并向UE发送放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个。由此,在本公开实施例中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态前若处于测量放松状态,则会向基站发送状态指示信息,并获取基站根据状态指示信息发送的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,以便当UE切换至连接态时可以基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个直接进入测量放松状态,也即是,仅需一次RRC配置即可使得连接态的UE继承非连接态UE的测量放松状态。由此,避免了在非连接态下满足测量放松的UE在进入连接态时的二次RRC重配,减少了冗余的信令交互及测量过程,降低了信令的开销,且节省了功耗。To sum up, in the RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure, the base station can receive the status indication information sent from the UE through the RRC message during the RRC connection establishment/restoration process, and send the relaxation indication information and At least one of the measurement configuration information is relaxed. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement information sent by the base station according to the state indication information. Configure at least one of the information, so that when the UE switches to the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxed state based on at least one of the relaxed indication information and the relaxed measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to make the connected state The UE inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the disconnected state. Thus, it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
图16为本公开又一个实施例所提供的一种RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图,应用于基站,如图16所示,该RRM测量放松指示方法可以包括以下步骤:FIG. 16 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a base station. As shown in FIG. 16 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
步骤1601、接收UE通过RRC连接建立过程中的RRC消息发送的状态指示信息。Step 1601: Receive status indication information sent by the UE through an RRC message during RRC connection establishment.
步骤1602、向UE发送放松测量配置信息和放松指示信息。 Step 1602 , sending relaxation measurement configuration information and relaxation indication information to the UE.
其中,关于步骤1601~1602的详细介绍可以参考上述实施例中的相关介绍,本公开实施例在此不做赘述。Wherein, for the detailed introduction of steps 1601-1602, reference may be made to the related introduction in the foregoing embodiments, and the embodiments of the present disclosure will not repeat them here.
综上所述,在本公开实施例提供的RRM测量放松指示方法之中,基站可以接收来自UE通过RRC连接建立/恢复过程中的RRC消息发送的状态指示信息,并向UE发送放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个。由此,在本公开实施例中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态前若处于测量放松状态,则会向基站发送状态指示信息,并获取基站根据状态指示信息发送的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中 的至少一个,以便当UE切换至连接态时可以基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个直接进入测量放松状态,也即是,仅需一次RRC配置即可使得连接态的UE继承非连接态UE的测量放松状态。由此,避免了在非连接态下满足测量放松的UE在进入连接态时的二次RRC重配,减少了冗余的信令交互及测量过程,降低了信令的开销,且节省了功耗。To sum up, in the RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure, the base station can receive the status indication information sent from the UE through the RRC message during the RRC connection establishment/restoration process, and send the relaxation indication information and At least one of the measurement configuration information is relaxed. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement information sent by the base station according to the state indication information. Configure at least one of the information, so that when the UE switches to the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxed state based on at least one of the relaxed indication information and the relaxed measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to make the connected state The UE inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the disconnected state. Thus, it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
图17为本公开又一个实施例所提供的一种RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图,应用于基站,如图17所示,该RRM测量放松指示方法可以包括以下步骤:FIG. 17 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a base station. As shown in FIG. 17 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
步骤1701、接收UE通过RRC连接恢复过程中的RRC消息发送的状态指示信息。Step 1701: Receive status indication information sent by the UE through an RRC message during the RRC connection recovery process.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,状态指示信息可以用于指示UE在切换至连接态前满足测量放松准则。以及,在本公开的另一个实施例之中,状态指示信息还可以用于指示UE在切换至连接态前所满足的具体测量放松准则,例如可以用于指示UE满足低移动性准则、或者满足未处小区边缘准则、或者满足静止准则等。Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the status indication information may be used to indicate that the UE satisfies the measurement relaxation criterion before switching to the connected state. And, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, the state indication information can also be used to indicate the specific measurement relaxation criteria that the UE satisfies before switching to the connected state, for example, it can be used to indicate that the UE meets the low mobility criteria, or meets the It is not in the cell edge criterion, or meets the stationary criterion, etc.
以及,在本公开的一个实施例之中,基站接收UE通过RRC连接恢复过程中的RRC消息发送的状态指示信息的方法具体可以包括以下任意一个方法:And, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the method for the base station to receive the status indication information sent by the UE through the RRC message in the RRC connection recovery process may specifically include any of the following methods:
第四个、接收UE通过RRC Resume Request消息发送的状态指示信息。Fourth, receiving the status indication information sent by the UE through the RRC Resume Request message.
第五个、接收UE通过RRC Resume Request 1消息发送的状态指示信息。Fifth, receiving the status indication information sent by the UE through the RRC Resume Request 1 message.
第六个、接收UE通过RRC Resume Complete消息发送的状态指示信息。Sixth, receiving status indication information sent by the UE through the RRC Resume Complete message.
步骤1702、向UE发送放松测量配置信息。 Step 1702, sending relaxed measurement configuration information to the UE.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,当基站通过上述步骤1701中的第四个或第五个方法接收UE发送的状态指示信息时,基站向UE发送放松测量配置信息的方法可以包括:通过RRC Resume消息向UE发送放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个。Wherein, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, when the base station receives the status indication information sent by the UE through the fourth or fifth method in step 1701 above, the method for the base station to send the relaxed measurement configuration information to the UE may include: At least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information is sent to the UE through an RRC Resume message.
以及,在本公开的另一个实施例之中,当基站通过上述步骤1701中的第六个方法接收UE发送的状态指示信息时,基站向UE发送放松测量配置信息的方法可以包括:通过二次RRC重配向UE发送放松测量配置信息。以及,需要说明的是,此处虽然基站通过二次RRC重配的方式发送放松测量配置信息,但是,在该二次RRC重配的过程中,UE无需进行不必要的RRM测量,且无需进行额外的上报,则同样可以降低信令的开销,节省功耗。And, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, when the base station receives the status indication information sent by the UE through the sixth method in step 1701 above, the method for the base station to send the relaxed measurement configuration information to the UE may include: The RRC reconfiguration sends relaxed measurement configuration information to the UE. And, it should be noted that although the base station sends relaxed measurement configuration information through the second RRC reconfiguration method, the UE does not need to perform unnecessary RRM measurement during the second RRC reconfiguration process, and does not need to perform Additional reporting can also reduce signaling overhead and save power consumption.
以及,在本公开的一个实施例之中,放松测量配置信息可以包括以下至少一种:And, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the relaxed measurement configuration information may include at least one of the following:
删除正常测量状态的测量配置信息;Delete the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state;
新的测量频率,新的测量频率的数量小于正常测量状态的测量频率的数量;A new measurement frequency, the number of new measurement frequencies is less than the number of measurement frequencies in the normal measurement state;
新的SMTC,新的SMTC的周期大于正常测量状态的SMTC的周期;New SMTC, the period of the new SMTC is greater than the period of the SMTC in the normal measurement state;
新的SMTC,新的SMTC的窗长小于正常测量状态的SMTC的窗长;New SMTC, the window length of the new SMTC is smaller than the window length of the SMTC in the normal measurement state;
新的SSB-ToMeasure参数,新的SSB-ToMeasure参数对应的测量数量小于正常测量状态的SSB-ToMeasure参数对应的测量数量;The new SSB-ToMeasure parameter, the measurement quantity corresponding to the new SSB-ToMeasure parameter is less than the measurement quantity corresponding to the SSB-ToMeasure parameter in the normal measurement state;
新的需要测量的导频信号,新的需要测量的导频信号的种类少于正常测量状态的导频信号的种类。New pilot signals that need to be measured, the types of new pilot signals that need to be measured are less than the types of pilot signals in a normal measurement state.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例中,放松测量配置信息可以仅为以上配置信息中的任意一种。在本公开的另一个实施例中,放松测量配置信息可以为以上配置信息中的任意两两组合、任意三三组合、任意四四组合、任意五五组合和上配置信息中的全部六种。Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the relaxed measurement configuration information may be only any one of the above configuration information. In another embodiment of the present disclosure, the relaxed measurement configuration information may be any two-two combination, any three-three combination, any four-four combination, any five-five combination, and all six of the above configuration information.
以及,关于放松测量配置信息的详细介绍可以参考上述实施例中的相关介绍,本公开实施例在此不做赘述。And, for a detailed introduction about relaxing measurement configuration information, reference may be made to related introductions in the foregoing embodiments, and details are not described in this embodiment of the present disclosure.
综上所述,在本公开实施例提供的RRM测量放松指示方法之中,基站可以接收来自UE通过RRC连接建立/恢复过程中的RRC消息发送的状态指示信息,并向UE发送放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个。由此,在本公开实施例中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态前若处于测量放松状态,则会向基站发送状态指示信息,并获取基站根据状态指示信息发送的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,以便当UE切换至连接态时可以基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个直接进入测量放松状态,也即是,仅需一次RRC配置即可使得连接态的UE继承非连接态UE的测量放松状态。由此,避免了在非连接态下满足测量放松的UE在进入连接态时的二次RRC重配,减少了冗余 的信令交互及测量过程,降低了信令的开销,且节省了功耗。To sum up, in the RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure, the base station can receive the status indication information sent from the UE through the RRC message during the RRC connection establishment/restoration process, and send the relaxation indication information and At least one of the measurement configuration information is relaxed. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement information sent by the base station according to the state indication information. Configure at least one of the information, so that when the UE switches to the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxed state based on at least one of the relaxed indication information and the relaxed measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to make the connected state The UE inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the disconnected state. Thus, it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
图18为本公开又一个实施例所提供的一种RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图,应用于基站,如图18所示,该RRM测量放松指示方法可以包括以下步骤:FIG. 18 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a base station. As shown in FIG. 18 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
步骤1801、接收UE通过RRC连接恢复过程中的RRC消息发送的状态指示信息。Step 1801: Receive status indication information sent by the UE through an RRC message during the RRC connection recovery process.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,状态指示信息可以用于指示UE在切换至连接态前处于测量放松状态。以及,在本公开的另一个实施例之中,状态指示信息还可以用于指示UE在切换至连接态前所处的具体放松准则(例如低移动性准则、未处小区边缘准则以及静止准则等)。Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the state indication information may be used to indicate that the UE is in a measurement relaxed state before switching to the connected state. And, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, the state indication information can also be used to indicate the specific relaxation criteria (such as low mobility criteria, not at the edge of the cell, and static criteria, etc.) that the UE is in before switching to the connected state. ).
以及,在本公开的一个实施例之中,基站接收UE通过RRC连接恢复过程中的RRC消息发送的状态指示信息的方法具体可以包括以下任意一个方法:And, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the method for the base station to receive the status indication information sent by the UE through the RRC message in the RRC connection recovery process may specifically include any of the following methods:
第四个、接收UE通过RRC Resume Request消息发送的状态指示信息。Fourth, receiving the status indication information sent by the UE through the RRC Resume Request message.
第五个、接收UE通过RRC Resume Request 1消息发送的状态指示信息。Fifth, receiving the status indication information sent by the UE through the RRC Resume Request 1 message.
第六个、接收UE通过RRC Resume Complete消息发送的状态指示信息。Sixth, receiving status indication information sent by the UE through the RRC Resume Complete message.
步骤1802、向UE发送放松指示信息,放松指示信息用于指示UE的测量状态为测量放松状态。Step 1802: Send relaxation indication information to the UE, where the relaxation indication information is used to indicate that the measurement state of the UE is a measurement relaxation state.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,当基站通过上述步骤1801中的第四个或第五个方法接收UE发送的状态指示信息时,基站向UE发送放松指示信息的方法可以包括:通过RRC Resume消息向UE发送放松指示信息。Wherein, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, when the base station receives the state indication information sent by the UE through the fourth or fifth method in step 1801 above, the method for the base station to send the relaxation indication information to the UE may include: The RRC Resume message sends relaxation indication information to the UE.
以及,在本公开的另一个实施例之中,当基站通过上述步骤1701中的第六个方法接收UE发送的状态指示信息时,基站向UE发送放松测量配置信息的方法可以包括:通过二次RRC重配向UE发送状态指示信息。以及,需要说明的是,此处虽然基站通过二次RRC重配的方式发送状态指示信息,但是,在该二次RRC重配的过程中,UE无需进行不必要的RRM测量,且无需进行额外的上报,则同样可以降低信令的开销,节省功耗。And, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, when the base station receives the status indication information sent by the UE through the sixth method in step 1701 above, the method for the base station to send the relaxed measurement configuration information to the UE may include: The RRC reconfiguration sends status indication information to the UE. And, it should be noted that although the base station sends the state indication information through the second RRC reconfiguration method, the UE does not need to perform unnecessary RRM measurement during the second RRC reconfiguration process, and does not need to perform additional Reporting can also reduce signaling overhead and save power consumption.
步骤1803、向UE发送正常测量状态的测量配置信息。 Step 1803, sending the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state to the UE.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例中,基站向UE发送正常测量配置的方法可以包括:通过RRC Resume消息向UE发送正常测量状态的测量配置信息。Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the method for the base station to send the normal measurement configuration to the UE may include: sending the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state to the UE through an RRC Resume message.
步骤1804、向UE指示预定义的测量放松参数。 Step 1804, indicating the predefined measurement relaxation parameters to the UE.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,基站向UE指示预定义的测量放松参数的方法可以包括以下的至少一种:Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the method for the base station to indicate to the UE the predefined measurement relaxation parameters may include at least one of the following:
第一种、通过系统消息向连接态UE发送预定义的测量放松参数。示例的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,基站可以通过SIB X广播预定义的测量放松参数,其中,X可以为任意SIB。The first one is to send a predefined measurement relaxation parameter to the UE in the connected state through a system message. Exemplarily, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the base station may broadcast a predefined measurement relaxation parameter through SIB X, where X may be any SIB.
第二种、通过协议向连接态UE指示预定义的测量放松参数。示例的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,基站可以基于TS38.331协议来指示预定义的测量放松参数。The second type is to indicate the predefined measurement relaxation parameters to the UE in the connected state through a protocol. Exemplarily, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the base station may indicate a predefined measurement relaxation parameter based on the TS38.331 protocol.
第三种、通过RRC消息向连接态UE发送预定义的测量放松参数。示例的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,基站可以通过RRC Resume消息向UE发送预定义的测量放松参数。The third type is sending a predefined measurement relaxation parameter to the UE in the connected state through an RRC message. Exemplarily, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the base station may send a predefined measurement relaxation parameter to the UE through an RRC Resume message.
第四种、向UE发送放松指示信息时,将该预定义的测量放松参数携带于放松指示信息中。Fourth, when sending relaxation indication information to the UE, the predefined measurement relaxation parameters are carried in the relaxation indication information.
具体的,在本公开的一个实施例之中,基站可以仅通过上述第一种、第二种、第三种或第四种方法向连接态UE指示预定义的测量放松参数。在本公开的一个实施例之中,基站向连接态UE指示预定义的测量放松参数的方法还可以为上述方法中的任意两两组合或者任意三三组合或者上述全部三种。Specifically, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the base station may only indicate the predefined measurement relaxation parameter to the UE in the connected state through the above-mentioned first, second, third or fourth method. In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the method for the base station to indicate the predefined measurement relaxation parameters to the UE in the connected state may also be any two-two combination or any three-three combination or all three of the above methods.
进一步地,在本公开的一个实施例之中,测量放松参数包括以下至少一种:Further, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, measuring relaxation parameters includes at least one of the following:
预定义的测量周期扩展因子;Predefined measurement cycle expansion factors;
预定义的测量频率,预定义的测量频率的数量小于正常测量状态的测量频率的数量;Pre-defined measurement frequencies, the number of predefined measurement frequencies is less than the number of measurement frequencies in the normal measurement state;
预定义的SMTC,预定义的SMTC的周期大于正常测量状态下的SMTC的周期;A predefined SMTC, the period of the predefined SMTC is greater than the period of the SMTC in the normal measurement state;
预定义的SMTC,预定义的SMTC的窗长小于正常测量状态下的SMTC的窗长;A predefined SMTC, the window length of the predefined SMTC is smaller than the window length of the SMTC in the normal measurement state;
预定义的SSB-ToMeasure参数,预定义的SSB-ToMeasure参数对应的测量数量小于正常测量状态下的SSB-ToMeasure参数对应的测量数量;The predefined SSB-ToMeasure parameter, the measurement quantity corresponding to the predefined SSB-ToMeasure parameter is smaller than the measurement quantity corresponding to the SSB-ToMeasure parameter in the normal measurement state;
预定义的需要测量的导频信号的种类,预定义的需要测量的导频信号的种类少于所述正常测量状态 下的需要测量的导频信号的种类。Predefined types of pilot signals that need to be measured, and the types of predefined pilot signals that need to be measured are less than the types of pilot signals that need to be measured in the normal measurement state.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例中,测量放松参数可以仅为以上参数中的任意一种。在本公开的另一个实施例中,测量放松参数可以为以上参数中的任意两两组合、任意三三组合、任意四四组合、任意五五组合或者以上参数中的全部六种。Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the measurement relaxation parameter may be only any one of the above parameters. In another embodiment of the present disclosure, the measurement relaxation parameter may be any two-two combination, any three-three combination, any four-four combination, any five-five combination, or all six of the above parameters.
以及,关于测量放松参数的详细介绍可以参考上述实施例中的相关介绍,本公开实施例在此不做赘述。And, for a detailed introduction about measuring relaxation parameters, reference may be made to related introductions in the foregoing embodiments, and the embodiments of the present disclosure will not repeat them here.
进一步地,在本公开的一个实施例之中,当基站通过RRC Resume消息向UE发送正常测量状态的测量配置信息并向UE指示预定义的测量放松参数时,UE可以基于预定义的测量放松参数和正常测量状态的测量配置信息执行测量放松,以使得连接态UE的测量状态为测量放松状态。Further, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, when the base station sends the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state to the UE through the RRC Resume message and indicates the predefined measurement relaxation parameters to the UE, the UE can relax the parameters based on the predefined measurement Perform measurement relaxation with the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state, so that the measurement state of the UE in the connected state is the measurement relaxation state.
综上所述,在本公开实施例提供的RRM测量放松指示方法之中,基站可以接收来自UE通过RRC连接建立/恢复过程中的RRC消息发送的状态指示信息,并向UE发送放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个。由此,在本公开实施例中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态前若处于测量放松状态,则会向基站发送状态指示信息,并获取基站根据状态指示信息发送的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,以便当UE切换至连接态时可以基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个直接进入测量放松状态,也即是,仅需一次RRC配置即可使得连接态的UE继承非连接态UE的测量放松状态。由此,避免了在非连接态下满足测量放松的UE在进入连接态时的二次RRC重配,减少了冗余的信令交互及测量过程,降低了信令的开销,且节省了功耗。To sum up, in the RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure, the base station can receive the status indication information sent from the UE through the RRC message during the RRC connection establishment/restoration process, and send the relaxation indication information and At least one of the measurement configuration information is relaxed. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement information sent by the base station according to the state indication information. Configure at least one of the information, so that when the UE switches to the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxed state based on at least one of the relaxed indication information and the relaxed measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to make the connected state The UE inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the disconnected state. Thus, it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
图19为本公开又一个实施例所提供的一种RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图,应用于基站,如图19所示,该RRM测量放松指示方法可以包括以下步骤:FIG. 19 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a base station. As shown in FIG. 19 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
步骤1901、接收UE通过RRC连接恢复过程中的RRC消息发送的状态指示信息。Step 1901: Receive status indication information sent by the UE through an RRC message during the RRC connection recovery process.
步骤1902、向UE发送放松指示信息,放松指示信息用于指示UE的测量状态为测量放松状态。Step 1902: Send relaxation indication information to the UE, where the relaxation indication information is used to indicate that the measurement state of the UE is a measurement relaxation state.
步骤1903、向UE发送正常测量状态的测量配置信息。 Step 1903, sending the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state to the UE.
其中,关于步骤1901~1903的详细介绍可以参考上述实施例中的相关介绍,本公开实施例在此不做赘述。Wherein, for the detailed introduction of steps 1901 to 1903, reference may be made to the relevant introduction in the foregoing embodiments, and the embodiments of the present disclosure will not repeat them here.
以及,在本公开的一个实施例之中,当基站向UE发送放松指示信息,并通过RRC Resume消息向UE发送正常测量状态的测量配置信息时,UE可以对正常测量状态的测量配置信息进行放松处理得到放松后的测量配置信息,以便后续UE基于放松后的测量配置信息执行测量放松,以使得连接态UE的测量状态为测量放松状态。And, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, when the base station sends relaxation indication information to the UE, and sends measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state to the UE through the RRC Resume message, the UE can relax the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state The relaxed measurement configuration information is obtained through processing, so that the subsequent UE performs measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information, so that the measurement state of the UE in the connected state is the measurement relaxed state.
综上所述,在本公开实施例提供的RRM测量放松指示方法之中,基站可以接收来自UE通过RRC连接建立/恢复过程中的RRC消息发送的状态指示信息,并向UE发送放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个。由此,在本公开实施例中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态前若处于测量放松状态,则会向基站发送状态指示信息,并获取基站根据状态指示信息发送的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,以便当UE切换至连接态时可以基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个直接进入测量放松状态,也即是,仅需一次RRC配置即可使得连接态的UE继承非连接态UE的测量放松状态。由此,避免了在非连接态下满足测量放松的UE在进入连接态时的二次RRC重配,减少了冗余的信令交互及测量过程,降低了信令的开销,且节省了功耗。To sum up, in the RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure, the base station can receive the status indication information sent from the UE through the RRC message during the RRC connection establishment/restoration process, and send the relaxation indication information and At least one of the measurement configuration information is relaxed. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement information sent by the base station according to the state indication information. Configure at least one of the information, so that when the UE switches to the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxed state based on at least one of the relaxed indication information and the relaxed measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to make the connected state The UE inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the disconnected state. Thus, it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
图20为本公开又一个实施例所提供的一种RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图,应用于基站,如图20所示,该RRM测量放松指示方法可以包括以下步骤:FIG. 20 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a base station. As shown in FIG. 20 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
步骤2001、接收UE通过RRC连接恢复过程中的RRC消息发送的状态指示信息。 Step 2001, receiving status indication information sent by the UE through an RRC message during the RRC connection recovery process.
步骤2002、向UE发送放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息。Step 2002: Send relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information to the UE.
其中,关于步骤2001~2002的详细介绍可以参考上述实施例中的相关介绍,本公开实施例在此不做赘述。Wherein, for the detailed introduction of steps 2001-2002, reference may be made to the relevant introduction in the foregoing embodiments, and the embodiments of the present disclosure will not repeat them here.
综上所述,在本公开实施例提供的RRM测量放松指示方法之中,基站可以接收来自UE通过RRC连接建立/恢复过程中的RRC消息发送的状态指示信息,并向UE发送放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个。由此,在本公开实施例中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态前若处于测量放松状态,则 会向基站发送状态指示信息,并获取基站根据状态指示信息发送的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,以便当UE切换至连接态时可以基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个直接进入测量放松状态,也即是,仅需一次RRC配置即可使得连接态的UE继承非连接态UE的测量放松状态。由此,避免了在非连接态下满足测量放松的UE在进入连接态时的二次RRC重配,减少了冗余的信令交互及测量过程,降低了信令的开销,且节省了功耗。To sum up, in the RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure, the base station can receive the status indication information sent from the UE through the RRC message during the RRC connection establishment/restoration process, and send the relaxation indication information and At least one of the measurement configuration information is relaxed. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement information sent by the base station according to the state indication information. Configure at least one of the information, so that when the UE switches to the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxed state based on at least one of the relaxed indication information and the relaxed measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to make the connected state The UE inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the disconnected state. Thus, it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
图21为本公开又一个实施例所提供的一种RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图,应用于基站,如图21所示,该RRM测量放松指示方法可以包括以下步骤:FIG. 21 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure, which is applied to a base station. As shown in FIG. 21 , the method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation may include the following steps:
步骤2101、接收来自UE的UE能力信息,UE能力信息用于指示UE是否具备测量状态上报能力。 Step 2101, receiving UE capability information from the UE, the UE capability information is used to indicate whether the UE has the capability of reporting measurement status.
步骤2102、向UE发送上报指示信息,上报指示信息用于指示UE是否向基站上报测量状态。Step 2102: Send reporting indication information to the UE, where the reporting indication information is used to indicate whether the UE reports the measurement status to the base station.
其中,在本公开的一个实施例之中,基站向UE发送上报指示信息的方法可以包括:通过系统消息向UE发送上报指示信息。Wherein, in an embodiment of the present disclosure, the method for the base station to send the reporting indication information to the UE may include: sending the reporting indication information to the UE through a system message.
以及,在本公开的一个实施例之中,当UE释放RRC连接时,基站可以通过RRC消息向UE发送上报指示信息,以使得UE可以向基站发送UE切换至连接态前的状态指示信息,以便基站根据该状态指示信息向UE发送放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个。And, in one embodiment of the present disclosure, when the UE releases the RRC connection, the base station can send reporting indication information to the UE through an RRC message, so that the UE can send the status indication information before the UE switches to the connected state to the base station, so that The base station sends at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information to the UE according to the state indication information.
步骤2103、接收来自UE的状态指示信息。 Step 2103, receiving status indication information from the UE.
步骤2104、向UE发送放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个。 Step 2104, sending at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information to the UE.
其中,关于步骤2103~2104的详细介绍可以参考上述实施例中的相关介绍,本公开实施例在此不做赘述。Wherein, for the detailed introduction of steps 2103 to 2104, reference may be made to the related introduction in the foregoing embodiments, and the embodiments of the present disclosure will not repeat them here.
综上所述,在本公开实施例提供的RRM测量放松指示方法之中,基站可以接收来自UE通过RRC连接建立/恢复过程中的RRC消息发送的状态指示信息,并向UE发送放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个。由此,在本公开实施例中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态前若处于测量放松状态,则会向基站发送状态指示信息,并获取基站根据状态指示信息发送的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,以便当UE切换至连接态时可以基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个直接进入测量放松状态,也即是,仅需一次RRC配置即可使得连接态的UE继承非连接态UE的测量放松状态。由此,避免了在非连接态下满足测量放松的UE在进入连接态时的二次RRC重配,减少了冗余的信令交互及测量过程,降低了信令的开销,且节省了功耗。To sum up, in the RRM measurement relaxation indication method provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure, the base station can receive the status indication information sent from the UE through the RRC message during the RRC connection establishment/restoration process, and send the relaxation indication information and At least one of the measurement configuration information is relaxed. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement information sent by the base station according to the state indication information. Configure at least one of the information, so that when the UE switches to the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxed state based on at least one of the relaxed indication information and the relaxed measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to make the connected state The UE inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the disconnected state. Thus, it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
则结合上述内容,对本公开实施例中的RRM测量放松指示方法进行举例说明:Then, in combination with the above content, the RRM measurement relaxation indication method in the embodiment of the present disclosure is illustrated as follows:
实例一Example one
图22为本公开一个实施例提供的一种针对于空闲态UE的RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图,如图22所示,该方法可以包括以下步骤:FIG. 22 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation for an idle state UE according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 22 , the method may include the following steps:
步骤1、基站通过RRC release消息将UE释放到空闲态,并通过RRC release消息向UE发送上报指示信息指示允许UE向基站上报测量状态,且UE具备测量状态上报能力。Step 1. The base station releases the UE to the idle state through the RRC release message, and sends the reporting indication information to the UE through the RRC release message indicating that the UE is allowed to report the measurement status to the base station, and the UE has the capability of reporting the measurement status.
步骤2、UE在空闲态时满足静止准则,同时按照静止准则的测量放松方法进行RRM测量,即每隔12小时对相邻小区进行一次RRM测量。Step 2. The UE satisfies the static criterion in the idle state, and at the same time performs RRM measurement according to the measurement relaxation method of the static criterion, that is, performs RRM measurement on adjacent cells every 12 hours.
步骤3、当UE发起随机接入(连接建立)时,在Msg3(RRC setup request)中携带UE用于指示静止状态的状态指示信息,发送给基站。Step 3. When the UE initiates random access (connection establishment), Msg3 (RRC setup request) carries the state indication information used by the UE to indicate the static state and sends it to the base station.
步骤4、基站利用连接建立过程中的RRC reconfiguration消息提供一套适用于静止准则的放松测量配置信息给UE,放松测量配置信息可以包括:配置了更少的测量频率、配置了更长的周期或提供周期扩展因子、减少了测量的导频信号种类、减少了测量窗长(SMTC)等。Step 4. The base station uses the RRC reconfiguration message in the connection establishment process to provide a set of relaxed measurement configuration information suitable for static criteria to the UE. The relaxed measurement configuration information may include: configuring fewer measurement frequencies, configuring a longer period or Provide cycle expansion factor, reduce the types of pilot signals to be measured, reduce the measurement window length (SMTC), etc.
步骤5、UE按照接收到的放松测量配置信息,在连接态进行RRM测量。Step 5: The UE performs RRM measurement in the connected state according to the received relaxed measurement configuration information.
实例二Example two
图23为本公开另一个实施例提供的一种针对于空闲态UE的RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图,如图23所示,该方法可以包括以下步骤:FIG. 23 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation for an idle state UE according to another embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 23 , the method may include the following steps:
步骤1、UE在空闲态时满足低移动性准则,同时按照低移动性准则的测量放松方法进行RRM测量,即对常规的RRM测量周期扩展3倍进行测量。Step 1. The UE satisfies the low mobility criterion in the idle state, and at the same time performs RRM measurement according to the measurement relaxation method of the low mobility criterion, that is, extends the conventional RRM measurement period by 3 times for measurement.
步骤2、基站通过系统消息向UE广播上报指示信息指示允许UE向基站上报测量状态,则具备测量状态上报能力的UE可在连接建立时上报测量状态(即上报状态指示信息)。Step 2. The base station broadcasts the reporting indication information to the UE through the system message to indicate that the UE is allowed to report the measurement status to the base station, and the UE capable of reporting the measurement status can report the measurement status (that is, report the status indication information) when the connection is established.
步骤3、当UE发起随机接入(连接建立)时,在Msg5(RRC setup complete)中携带UE用于指示低移动性状态的状态指示信息,发送给基站。Step 3. When the UE initiates random access (connection establishment), Msg5 (RRC setup complete) carries the UE's state indication information for indicating the low mobility state and sends it to the base station.
步骤4、基站利用连接建立过程中的RRC reconfiguration消息提供一套适用于静止准则的放松测量配置信息给UE,其放松测量配置信息可以包括:配置更少的测量频率、配置更长的周期或提供周期扩展因子、减少测量的导频信号种类、减少测量窗长(SMTC)等。Step 4. The base station uses the RRC reconfiguration message in the connection establishment process to provide a set of relaxed measurement configuration information suitable for static criteria to the UE. The relaxed measurement configuration information may include: configuring fewer measurement frequencies, configuring a longer period, or providing Period expansion factor, reducing the types of pilot signals to be measured, reducing the measurement window length (SMTC), etc.
步骤5、UE按照接收到的放松测量配置信息,在连接态进行RRM测量。Step 5: The UE performs RRM measurement in the connected state according to the received relaxed measurement configuration information.
实例三Example three
图24为本公开又一个实施例提供的一种针对非激活态UE的RRM测量放松指示方法的流程示意图,如图24所示,该方法可以包括以下步骤:FIG. 24 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating RRM measurement relaxation for an inactive UE according to another embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 24 , the method may include the following steps:
步骤1、UE在非激活态同时满足静止和未处小区边缘准则,并按照对应的放松测量方法进行RRM测量,即每隔24小时对相邻小区进行一次RRM测量。Step 1. The UE satisfies both the static and non-cell edge criteria in the inactive state, and performs RRM measurement according to the corresponding relaxed measurement method, that is, performs RRM measurement on adjacent cells every 24 hours.
步骤2、当UE发起随机接入(连接恢复)时,在Msg3(RRC resume request)中携带用于指示静止状态和未处小区边缘状态的状态指示信息,发送给基站。Step 2. When the UE initiates random access (connection recovery), Msg3 (RRC resume request) carries state indication information for indicating the static state and not in the cell edge state, and sends it to the base station.
步骤3、基站在Msg4(RRC resume)中提供一套适用于静止准则和未处小区边缘准则的放松测量配置信息给UE,其放松测量配置信息可体现在:配置更少的测量频率、配置更长的周期或提供周期扩展因子、减少测量的导频信号种类、减少测量窗长(SMTC)等。Step 3. The base station provides a set of relaxed measurement configuration information applicable to the stationary criterion and the non-cell edge criterion to the UE in Msg4 (RRC resume). The relaxed measurement configuration information can be reflected in: configuring fewer measurement frequencies, configuring more A long period may provide a period extension factor, reduce the types of pilot signals to be measured, and reduce the measurement window length (SMTC), etc.
步骤4、UE按照接收到的放松测量配置信息,在连接态进行RRM测量。Step 4: The UE performs RRM measurement in the connected state according to the received relaxed measurement configuration information.
示例四Example four
步骤1、处于空闲态/非连接态的UE满足某一种测量放松准则,同时按照该准则对应的测量放松方法在非连接态进行RRM测量。Step 1. The UE in the idle state/disconnected state satisfies a certain measurement relaxation criterion, and at the same time performs RRM measurement in the unconnected state according to the measurement relaxation method corresponding to the criterion.
步骤2、当UE发起连接建立/恢复时,在随机接入Msg3(RRC setup request/RRC resume request)消息中携带对应的状态指示信息,发送给基站。Step 2. When the UE initiates connection establishment/restoration, the random access Msg3 (RRC setup request/RRC resume request) message carries corresponding status indication information and sends it to the base station.
步骤3.1、一种方式,基站可在Msg4(RRC setup/RRC resume)消息中指示UE进行测量放松,例如,基站在RRC reconfiguration或RRC resume消息中向UE发送放松指示信息,以指示UE进行测量放松。Step 3.1, one way, the base station can instruct the UE to perform measurement relaxation in the Msg4 (RRC setup/RRC resume) message, for example, the base station sends relaxation instruction information to the UE in the RRC reconfiguration or RRC resume message to instruct the UE to perform measurement relaxation .
步骤3.2、另一种方式,基站可通过RRC reconfiguration消息或RRC resume消息向UE发送放松测量配置信息中,以指示UE进行测量放松。Step 3.2. In another way, the base station can send measurement relaxation configuration information to the UE through an RRC reconfiguration message or an RRC resume message, so as to instruct the UE to perform measurement relaxation.
步骤4、接收到基站RRM测量放松指示的UE,可以通过对正常测量状态下的RRM测量配置信息执行放送处理,或者,也可以按照基站指示的预定义的测量放松参数和正常测量状态下的RRM测量配置信息执行测量放松。例如,基站指示了预定义的测量周期扩展因子K1,满足测量放松准则的UE可将正常测量状态下的测量周期乘以K1得到新的测量周期,并按照新的测量周期进行RRM测量。Step 4. The UE that receives the RRM measurement relaxation instruction from the base station can broadcast the RRM measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state, or it can follow the predefined measurement relaxation parameters indicated by the base station and the RRM measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state. Measurement configuration information performs measurement relaxation. For example, the base station indicates a predefined measurement period extension factor K1, and UEs that meet the measurement relaxation criteria can multiply the measurement period in the normal measurement state by K1 to obtain a new measurement period, and perform RRM measurement according to the new measurement period.
图25为本公开一个实施例所提供的一种RRM测量放松指示装置的结构示意图,如图25所示,装置2500可以包括:Fig. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of an RRM measurement relaxation indication device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in Fig. 25 , the device 2500 may include:
发送模块2501,用于从非连接态切换至连接态,并当UE在切换至连接态前处于测量放松状态,向基站发送状态指示信息;The sending module 2501 is configured to switch from the unconnected state to the connected state, and when the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, send status indication information to the base station;
获取模块2502,用于来自基站的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个;Obtaining module 2502, used for at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station;
切换模块2503,用于基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,确定UE的测量状态。The handover module 2503 is configured to determine the measurement state of the UE based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information.
综上所述,在本公开实施例提供的RRM测量放松指示装置之中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态,并当UE的测量状态处于测量放松状态时,会向基站发送状态指示信息,再获取基站发送的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,并基于基站发送的信息将连接态下的UE的测量状态的测量状态为测量放松状态。由此,在本公开实施例中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态前若处于测量放松状态,则会向基站发送状态指示信息,并获取基站根据状态指示信息发送的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,以便当UE的测量状态为连接态时可以基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一 个直接进入测量放松状态,也即是,仅需一次RRC配置即可使得连接态的UE继承非连接态UE的测量放松状态。由此,避免了在非连接态下满足测量放松的UE在进入连接态时的二次RRC重配,减少了冗余的信令交互及测量过程,降低了信令的开销,且节省了功耗。To sum up, in the RRM measurement relaxation indication device provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure, the UE switches from the unconnected state to the connected state, and when the measurement state of the UE is in the measurement relaxation state, it will send state indication information to the base station, Then acquire at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information sent by the base station, and set the measurement state of the measurement state of the UE in the connected state to the measurement relaxation state based on the information sent by the base station. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement information sent by the base station according to the state indication information. At least one of the configuration information, so that when the measurement state of the UE is the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxation state based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to enable the connection The UE in the connected state inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the unconnected state. Thus, it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
在本公开一个实施例之中,上述装置,还用于:In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the above-mentioned device is also used for:
UE处于非连接态时,判断UE是否满足放松准则,放松准则包括低移动性准则、未处小区边缘准则、以及静止准则中的至少一个;When the UE is in a non-connected state, determine whether the UE satisfies a relaxed criterion, where the relaxed criterion includes at least one of a low mobility criterion, a non-cell edge criterion, and a static criterion;
若UE满足放松准则,确定UE的测量状态为测量放松状态;If the UE satisfies the relaxation criterion, determine that the measurement state of the UE is the measurement relaxation state;
若UE不满足放松准则,确定UE的测量状态为正常测量状态。If the UE does not satisfy the relaxed criterion, it is determined that the measurement state of the UE is a normal measurement state.
进一步地,在本公开另一个实施例之中,从非连接态切换至连接态,包括:Further, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, switching from the unconnected state to the connected state includes:
从空闲态切换至连接态。Switch from idle state to connected state.
进一步地,在本公开另一个实施例之中,上述发送模块2501,还用于:Further, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, the above-mentioned sending module 2501 is also used for:
通过无线资源控制连接建立请求RRC Setup Request消息,新的RRC Setup Request 1消息和RRC连接建立完成Setup Complete消息中的至少之一向所述基站发送状态指示信息。Sending status indication information to the base station through at least one of the RRC Setup Request message, the new RRC Setup Request 1 message and the RRC connection setup complete Setup Complete message.
进一步地,在本公开另一个实施例之中,上述获取模块2502,还用于:Further, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, the above-mentioned acquisition module 2502 is also used to:
获取基站通过RRC Setup消息发送的放松指示信息。Obtain the relaxation indication information sent by the base station through the RRC Setup message.
进一步地,在本公开另一个实施例之中,上述获取模块2502,还用于:Further, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, the above-mentioned acquisition module 2502 is also used to:
获取基站通过RRC Reconfiguration消息发送的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个。Obtain at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information sent by the base station through the RRC Reconfiguration message.
进一步地,在本公开另一个实施例之中,从非连接态切换至连接态,包括:Further, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, switching from the unconnected state to the connected state includes:
从非激活态切换至连接态。Switch from inactive to connected state.
进一步地,在本公开另一个实施例之中,上述发送模块2501,还用于:Further, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, the above-mentioned sending module 2501 is also used for:
通过RRC恢复请求Resume Request消息,RRC Resume Request 1消息和RRC恢复完成Resume Complete消息中的至少之一向基站发送状态指示信息。Send status indication information to the base station through at least one of the RRC Resume Request message, the RRC Resume Request 1 message and the RRC Resume Complete message.
进一步地,在本公开另一个实施例之中,上述获取模块2502,还用于:Further, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, the above-mentioned acquisition module 2502 is also used to:
获取基站通过RRC Resume消息发送的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个。Obtain at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information sent by the base station through the RRC Resume message.
进一步地,在本公开另一个实施例之中,上述获取模块2502,还用于:Further, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, the above-mentioned acquisition module 2502 is also used to:
获取来自基站的放松测量配置信息。Obtain relaxed measurement configuration information from the base station.
进一步地,在本公开另一个实施例之中,放松测量配置信息包括以下至少一种:Further, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, the relaxed measurement configuration information includes at least one of the following:
删除正常测量状态的测量配置信息;Delete the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state;
新的测量频率,新的测量频率的数量小于正常测量状态的测量频率的数量;A new measurement frequency, the number of new measurement frequencies is less than the number of measurement frequencies in the normal measurement state;
新的同步信号块测量时间配置SMTC,新的SMTC的周期大于正常测量状态的SMTC的周期;The new synchronization signal block measurement time configuration SMTC, the period of the new SMTC is greater than the period of the SMTC in the normal measurement state;
新的SMTC,新的SMTC的窗长小于正常测量状态的SMTC的窗长;New SMTC, the window length of the new SMTC is smaller than the window length of the SMTC in the normal measurement state;
新的同步信号块测量SSB-ToMeasure参数,新的SSB-ToMeasure参数对应的测量数量小于正常测量状态的SSB-ToMeasure参数对应的测量数量;The new synchronization signal block measures the SSB-ToMeasure parameter, and the measurement quantity corresponding to the new SSB-ToMeasure parameter is smaller than the measurement quantity corresponding to the SSB-ToMeasure parameter in the normal measurement state;
新的需要测量的导频信号,新的需要测量的导频信号的种类少于正常测量状态的导频信号的种类。New pilot signals that need to be measured, the types of new pilot signals that need to be measured are less than the types of pilot signals in a normal measurement state.
进一步地,在本公开另一个实施例之中,上述切换模块2503,还用于:Furthermore, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, the above switching module 2503 is also used for:
基于放松测量配置信息执行测量放松,以将连接态UE的测量状态确定为测量放松状态。Perform measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information, so as to determine the measurement state of the UE in the connected state as the measurement relaxed state.
进一步地,在本公开另一个实施例之中,上述获取模块2502,还用于:Further, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, the above-mentioned acquisition module 2502 is also used to:
获取基站发送的放松指示信息,放松指示信息用于指示UE的测量状态为测量放松状态。The relaxation indication information sent by the base station is acquired, where the relaxation indication information is used to indicate that the measurement state of the UE is a measurement relaxation state.
进一步地,在本公开另一个实施例之中,上述装置,还用于:Furthermore, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, the above-mentioned device is also used for:
获取基站通过RRC Resume消息或RRC Reconfiguration消息发送的正常测量状态的测量配置信息。Obtain the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state sent by the base station through the RRC Resume message or the RRC Reconfiguration message.
进一步地,在本公开另一个实施例之中,上述切换模块2503,还用于:Furthermore, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, the above switching module 2503 is also used for:
获取基站指示的预定义的测量放松参数;Acquiring predefined measurement relaxation parameters indicated by the base station;
基于预定义的测量放松参数和正常测量状态的测量配置信息执行测量放松,以将所述连接态UE的测量状态确定为测量放松状态。Perform measurement relaxation based on the predefined measurement relaxation parameters and the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state, so as to determine the measurement state of the UE in the connected state as the measurement relaxation state.
进一步地,在本公开另一个实施例之中,预定义的测量放松参数包括以下至少一种:Further, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, the predefined measurement relaxation parameters include at least one of the following:
预定义的测量周期扩展因子;Predefined measurement cycle expansion factors;
预定义的测量频率,预定义的测量频率的数量小于正常测量状态的测量频率的数量;Pre-defined measurement frequencies, the number of predefined measurement frequencies is less than the number of measurement frequencies in the normal measurement state;
预定义的SMTC,预定义的SMTC的周期大于正常测量状态的SMTC的周期;A predefined SMTC, the period of the predefined SMTC is greater than the period of the SMTC in the normal measurement state;
预定义的SMTC,预定义的SMTC的窗长小于正常测量状态的SMTC的窗长;A predefined SMTC, the window length of the predefined SMTC is smaller than the window length of the SMTC in the normal measurement state;
预定义的SSB-ToMeasure参数,预定义的SSB-ToMeasure参数对应的测量数量小于正常测量状态的SSB-ToMeasure参数对应的测量数量;The predefined SSB-ToMeasure parameter, the measurement quantity corresponding to the predefined SSB-ToMeasure parameter is less than the measurement quantity corresponding to the SSB-ToMeasure parameter in the normal measurement state;
预定义的需要测量的导频信号,预定义的需要测量的导频信号的种类少于正常测量状态的导频信号的种类。The types of the predefined pilot signals that need to be measured are less than the types of the pilot signals in the normal measurement state.
进一步地,在本公开另一个实施例之中,上述装置,还用于:Furthermore, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, the above-mentioned device is also used for:
获取基站通过系统消息发送的预定义的测量放松参数;Obtain a predefined measurement relaxation parameter sent by the base station through a system message;
基于协议获取基站指示的预定义的测量放松参数;Acquiring predefined measurement relaxation parameters indicated by the base station based on the protocol;
获取基站通过RRC消息发送的预定义的测量放松参数。Acquire predefined measurement relaxation parameters sent by the base station through an RRC message.
进一步地,在本公开另一个实施例之中,上述切换模块2503,还用于:Furthermore, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, the above switching module 2503 is also used for:
对正常测量状态的测量配置信息进行放松处理得到放松后的测量配置信息;Relaxing the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state to obtain the relaxed measurement configuration information;
基于放松后的测量配置信息执行测量放松,以将所述连接态UE的测量状态确定为测量放松状态。Perform measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information, so as to determine the measurement state of the UE in the connected state as the measurement relaxed state.
进一步地,在本公开另一个实施例之中,放松处理包括以下至少一种:Further, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, the relaxation process includes at least one of the following:
停止对所述UE的正常测量;stop normal measurement of the UE;
减少正常测量状态的测量配置信息中的测量频率;Reduce the measurement frequency in the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state;
增加正常测量状态的测量配置信息中SMTC的周期;Increase the period of SMTC in the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state;
为正常测量状态的测量配置信息中的测量周期提供扩展因子Provides the expansion factor for the measurement period in the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state
减少正常测量状态的测量配置信息中SMTC的窗长;Reduce the window length of SMTC in the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state;
减少正常测量状态的测量配置信息中SSB-ToMeasure参数的数量;Reduce the number of SSB-ToMeasure parameters in the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state;
减少正常测量状态的测量配置信息中需要测量的导频信号的种类。The types of pilot signals that need to be measured in the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state are reduced.
进一步地,在本公开另一个实施例之中,上述装置,还用于:Furthermore, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, the above-mentioned device is also used for:
向基站发送UE能力信息,UE能力信息用于指示UE是否具备测量状态上报能力;Send UE capability information to the base station, and the UE capability information is used to indicate whether the UE has the capability of reporting measurement status;
接收来自基站的上报指示信息,上报指示信息用于指示UE是否向基站上报测量状态。The reporting indication information from the base station is received, where the reporting indication information is used to indicate whether the UE reports the measurement state to the base station.
进一步地,在本公开另一个实施例之中,上述装置,还用于:Furthermore, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, the above-mentioned device is also used for:
接收基站通过系统消息发送的上报指示信息。The reporting indication information sent by the base station through a system message is received.
进一步地,在本公开另一个实施例之中,上述装置,还用于:Furthermore, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, the above-mentioned device is also used for:
当UE释放RRC连接,接收基站通过RRC消息发送的上报指示信息。When the UE releases the RRC connection, it receives the reporting indication information sent by the base station through the RRC message.
进一步地,在本公开另一个实施例之中,上述发送模块2501,还用于:Further, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, the above-mentioned sending module 2501 is also used for:
当UE能力信息指示UE具备测量状态上报能力,且上报指示信息指示UE向基站上报测量状态时,向基站发送UE切换至连接态前的状态指示信息。When the UE capability information indicates that the UE has the capability of reporting the measurement status, and the reporting indication information indicates that the UE reports the measurement status to the base station, the status indication information before the UE switches to the connected state is sent to the base station.
图26为本公开另一个实施例所提供的一种RRM测量放松指示装置的结构示意图,如图26所示,装置2600可以包括:FIG. 26 is a schematic structural diagram of an RRM measurement relaxation indication device provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 26 , the device 2600 may include:
接收模块2601,用于接收UE发送的状态指示信息;A receiving module 2601, configured to receive status indication information sent by the UE;
发送模块2602,用于向UE发送放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个。The sending module 2602 is configured to send at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information to the UE.
综上所述,在本公开实施例提供的RRM测量放松指示装置之中,基站可以接收UE发送的状态指示信息,并向UE发送放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个。由此,在本公开实施例中,UE从非连接态切换至连接态前若处于测量放松状态,则会向基站发送状态指示信息,并获取基站根据状态指示信息发送的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,以便当UE的测量状态为连接态时可以基于放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个直接进入测量放松状态,也即是,仅需一次RRC配置即可使得连接态的UE继承非连接态UE的测量放松状态。由此,避免了在非连接态下满足测量放松的UE在进入连接态时的二次RRC重配,减少了冗余的信令交互及测量过程,降低了信令的开销,且节省了功耗。To sum up, in the RRM measurement relaxation indication apparatus provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure, the base station may receive the status indication information sent by the UE, and send at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information to the UE. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, it will send the state indication information to the base station, and obtain the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement information sent by the base station according to the state indication information. At least one of the configuration information, so that when the measurement state of the UE is the connected state, it can directly enter the measurement relaxation state based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information, that is, only one RRC configuration is required to enable the connection The UE in the connected state inherits the measurement relaxation state of the UE in the unconnected state. Thus, it avoids the secondary RRC reconfiguration when the UE that satisfies measurement relaxation in the unconnected state enters the connected state, reduces redundant signaling interaction and measurement process, reduces signaling overhead, and saves power. consumption.
在本公开一个实施例之中,上述接收模块2601,还用于:In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the above-mentioned receiving module 2601 is also used for:
接收UE通过RRC Setup Request消息,新的RRC Setup Request 1消息和RRC Setup Complete消息中的至少之一发送的状态指示信息。Receive the status indication information sent by the UE through at least one of the RRC Setup Request message, the new RRC Setup Request 1 message and the RRC Setup Complete message.
在本公开一个实施例之中,上述发送模块2602,还用于:In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the above sending module 2602 is also used to:
通过RRC Setup消息向UE发送放松指示信息。Send relaxation indication information to UE through RRC Setup message.
在本公开一个实施例之中,上述发送模块2602,还用于:In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the above sending module 2602 is also used to:
通过RRC Reconfiguration消息向UE发送放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个。At least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information is sent to the UE through an RRC Reconfiguration message.
在本公开一个实施例之中,上述接收模块2601,还用于:In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the above-mentioned receiving module 2601 is also used for:
接收UE通过RRC Resume Request消息,RRC Resume Request 1消息和RRC Resume Complete中的至少之一发送的状态指示信息。Receive the status indication information sent by the UE through at least one of RRC Resume Request message, RRC Resume Request 1 message and RRC Resume Complete.
在本公开一个实施例之中,上述发送模块2602,还用于:In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the above sending module 2602 is also used to:
通过RRC Resume消息向UE发送放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个。At least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information is sent to the UE through an RRC Resume message.
在本公开一个实施例之中,上述发送模块2602,还用于:In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the above sending module 2602 is also used to:
向UE发送放松测量配置信息。Send relaxed measurement configuration information to the UE.
进一步地,在本公开另一个实施例之中,放松测量配置信息包括以下至少一种:Further, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, the relaxed measurement configuration information includes at least one of the following:
删除正常测量状态的测量配置信息;Delete the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state;
新的测量频率,新的测量频率的数量小于正常测量状态的测量频率的数量;A new measurement frequency, the number of new measurement frequencies is less than the number of measurement frequencies in the normal measurement state;
新的SMTC,新的SMTC的周期大于正常测量状态的SMTC的周期;New SMTC, the period of the new SMTC is greater than the period of the SMTC in the normal measurement state;
新的SMTC,新的SMTC的窗长小于正常测量状态的SMTC的窗长;New SMTC, the window length of the new SMTC is smaller than the window length of the SMTC in the normal measurement state;
新的SSB-ToMeasure参数,新的SSB-ToMeasure参数对应的测量数量小于正常测量状态的SSB-ToMeasure参数对应的测量数量;The new SSB-ToMeasure parameter, the measurement quantity corresponding to the new SSB-ToMeasure parameter is less than the measurement quantity corresponding to the SSB-ToMeasure parameter in the normal measurement state;
新的需要测量的导频信号,新的需要测量的导频信号的种类少于正常测量状态的导频信号的种类。New pilot signals that need to be measured, the types of new pilot signals that need to be measured are less than the types of pilot signals in a normal measurement state.
进一步地,在本公开另一个实施例之中,上述发送模块2602,还用于:Further, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, the above-mentioned sending module 2602 is also used for:
向UE发送放松指示信息,放松指示信息用于指示UE的测量状态为测量放松状态。Send relaxation indication information to the UE, where the relaxation indication information is used to indicate that the measurement state of the UE is a measurement relaxation state.
进一步地,在本公开另一个实施例之中,上述装置,还用于:Furthermore, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, the above-mentioned device is also used for:
通过RRC Resume消息或RRC Reconfiguration消息向UE发送正常测量状态的测量配置信息。Send the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state to the UE through the RRC Resume message or the RRC Reconfiguration message.
进一步地,在本公开另一个实施例之中,上述装置,还用于:Furthermore, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, the above-mentioned device is also used for:
向UE指示预定义的测量放松参数。Indicates predefined measurement relaxation parameters to the UE.
进一步地,在本公开另一个实施例之中,上述装置,还用于:Furthermore, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, the above-mentioned device is also used for:
通过系统消息向UE指示预定义的测量放松参数;Indicating predefined measurement relaxation parameters to the UE through a system message;
通过协议向UE指示预定义的测量放松参数;Indicate predefined measurement relaxation parameters to the UE through the protocol;
通过RRC消息向UE指示预定义的测量放松参数。The predefined measurement relaxation parameters are indicated to the UE through an RRC message.
进一步地,在本公开另一个实施例之中,预定义的测量放松参数包括以下至少一种:Further, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, the predefined measurement relaxation parameters include at least one of the following:
预定义的测量周期扩展因子;Predefined measurement cycle expansion factors;
预定义的测量频率,预定义的测量频率的数量小于正常测量状态的测量频率的数量;Pre-defined measurement frequencies, the number of predefined measurement frequencies is less than the number of measurement frequencies in the normal measurement state;
预定义的SMTC,预定义的SMTC的周期大于正常测量状态的SMTC的周期;A predefined SMTC, the period of the predefined SMTC is greater than the period of the SMTC in the normal measurement state;
预定义的SMTC,预定义的SMTC的窗长小于正常测量状态的SMTC的窗长;A predefined SMTC, the window length of the predefined SMTC is smaller than the window length of the SMTC in the normal measurement state;
预定义的SSB-ToMeasure参数,预定义的SSB-ToMeasure参数对应的测量数量小于正常测量状态的SSB-ToMeasure参数对应的测量数量;The predefined SSB-ToMeasure parameter, the measurement quantity corresponding to the predefined SSB-ToMeasure parameter is less than the measurement quantity corresponding to the SSB-ToMeasure parameter in the normal measurement state;
预定义的需要测量的导频信号,预定义的需要测量的导频信号的种类少于正常测量状态的导频信号的种类。The types of the predefined pilot signals that need to be measured are less than the types of the pilot signals in the normal measurement state.
进一步地,在本公开另一个实施例之中,上述装置,还用于:Furthermore, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, the above-mentioned device is also used for:
接收来自UE的UE能力信息,UE能力信息用于指示UE是否具备测量状态上报能力;Receive UE capability information from the UE, where the UE capability information is used to indicate whether the UE has the capability to report measurement status;
向UE发送上报指示信息,上报指示信息用于指示UE是否向基站上报测量状态。Send reporting indication information to the UE, where the reporting indication information is used to indicate whether the UE reports the measurement state to the base station.
进一步地,在本公开另一个实施例之中,上述装置,还用于:Furthermore, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, the above-mentioned device is also used for:
通过系统消息向UE发送上报指示信息。Send the reporting indication information to the UE through a system message.
进一步地,在本公开另一个实施例之中,上述装置,还用于:Furthermore, in another embodiment of the present disclosure, the above-mentioned device is also used for:
当UE释放RRC连接,通过RRC消息向UE发送上报指示信息。When the UE releases the RRC connection, it sends the reporting indication information to the UE through an RRC message.
本公开实施例提供的计算机存储介质,存储有可执行程序;所述可执行程序被处理器执行后,能够实现如图1至图11或图12至图21任一所示的方法。The computer storage medium provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure stores an executable program; after the executable program is executed by a processor, the method shown in any one of FIGS. 1 to 11 or 12 to 21 can be implemented.
为了实现上述实施例,本公开还提出一种计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序,所述计算机程序在被处理器执行时实现如图1至图11或图12至图21任一所示的方法。In order to realize the above-mentioned embodiments, the present disclosure further proposes a computer program product, including a computer program. When the computer program is executed by a processor, the method shown in any one of FIGS. 1 to 11 or 12 to 21 is implemented.
此外,为了实现上述实施例,本公开还提出一种计算机程序,该程序被处理器执行时,以实现如图1至图11或图12至图21任一所示的方法。In addition, in order to realize the above-mentioned embodiments, the present disclosure further proposes a computer program. When the program is executed by a processor, the method shown in any one of FIG. 1 to FIG. 11 or FIG. 12 to FIG. 21 can be realized.
图27是本公开一个实施例所提供的一种用户设备UE2700的框图。例如,UE2700可以是移动电话,计算机,数字广播终端设备,消息收发设备,游戏控制台,平板设备,医疗设备,健身设备,个人数字助理等。Fig. 27 is a block diagram of a user equipment UE2700 provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure. For example, the UE2700 can be a mobile phone, a computer, a digital broadcast terminal device, a messaging device, a game console, a tablet device, a medical device, a fitness device, a personal digital assistant, and the like.
参照图27,UE2700可以包括以下至少一个组件:处理组件2702,存储器2704,电源组件2706,多媒体组件2708,音频组件2710,输入/输出(I/O)的接口2712,传感器组件2713,以及通信组件2716。27, UE2700 may include at least one of the following components: a processing component 2702, a memory 2704, a power supply component 2706, a multimedia component 2708, an audio component 2710, an input/output (I/O) interface 2712, a sensor component 2713, and a communication component 2716.
处理组件2702通常控制UE2700的整体操作,诸如与显示,电话呼叫,数据通信,相机操作和记录操作相关联的操作。处理组件2702可以包括至少一个处理器2720来执行指令,以完成上述的方法的全部或部分步骤。此外,处理组件2702可以包括至少一个模块,便于处理组件2702和其他组件之间的交互。例如,处理组件2702可以包括多媒体模块,以方便多媒体组件2708和处理组件2702之间的交互。 Processing component 2702 generally controls the overall operations of UE 2700, such as those associated with display, phone calls, data communications, camera operations, and recording operations. The processing component 2702 may include at least one processor 2720 to execute instructions, so as to complete all or part of the steps of the above method. Additionally, processing component 2702 can include at least one module that facilitates interaction between processing component 2702 and other components. For example, processing component 2702 may include a multimedia module to facilitate interaction between multimedia component 2708 and processing component 2702 .
存储器2704被配置为存储各种类型的数据以支持在UE2700的操作。这些数据的示例包括用于在UE2700上操作的任何应用程序或方法的指令,联系人数据,电话簿数据,消息,图片,视频等。存储器2704可以由任何类型的易失性或非易失性存储设备或者它们的组合实现,如静态随机存取存储器(SRAM),电可擦除可编程只读存储器(EEPROM),可擦除可编程只读存储器(EPROM),可编程只读存储器(PROM),只读存储器(ROM),磁存储器,快闪存储器,磁盘或光盘。The memory 2704 is configured to store various types of data to support operations at the UE 2700 . Examples of such data include instructions for any application or method operating on the UE2700, contact data, phonebook data, messages, pictures, videos, etc. The memory 2704 can be realized by any type of volatile or non-volatile storage device or their combination, such as static random access memory (SRAM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (EPROM), Programmable Read Only Memory (PROM), Read Only Memory (ROM), Magnetic Memory, Flash Memory, Magnetic or Optical Disk.
电源组件2706为UE2700的各种组件提供电力。电源组件2706可以包括电源管理系统,至少一个电源,及其他与为UE2700生成、管理和分配电力相关联的组件。The power supply component 2706 provides power to various components of the UE 2700. Power components 2706 may include a power management system, at least one power supply, and other components associated with generating, managing, and distributing power for UE 2700 .
多媒体组件2708包括在所述UE2700和用户之间的提供一个输出接口的屏幕。在一些实施例中,屏幕可以包括液晶显示器(LCD)和触摸面板(TP)。如果屏幕包括触摸面板,屏幕可以被实现为触摸屏,以接收来自用户的输入信号。触摸面板包括至少一个触摸传感器以感测触摸、滑动和触摸面板上的手势。所述触摸传感器可以不仅感测触摸或滑动动作的边界,而且还检测与所述触摸或滑动操作相关的唤醒时间和压力。在一些实施例中,多媒体组件2708包括一个前置摄像头和/或后置摄像头。当UE2700处于操作模式,如拍摄模式或视频模式时,前置摄像头和/或后置摄像头可以接收外部的多媒体数据。每个前置摄像头和后置摄像头可以是一个固定的光学透镜系统或具有焦距和光学变焦能力。The multimedia component 2708 includes a screen providing an output interface between the UE 2700 and the user. In some embodiments, the screen may include a liquid crystal display (LCD) and a touch panel (TP). If the screen includes a touch panel, the screen may be implemented as a touch screen to receive input signals from a user. The touch panel includes at least one touch sensor to sense touch, slide, and gestures on the touch panel. The touch sensor may not only sense a boundary of a touch or slide action, but also detect a wake-up time and pressure related to the touch or slide operation. In some embodiments, multimedia component 2708 includes a front camera and/or rear camera. When UE2700 is in operation mode, such as shooting mode or video mode, the front camera and/or rear camera can receive external multimedia data. Each front camera and rear camera can be a fixed optical lens system or have focal length and optical zoom capability.
音频组件2710被配置为输出和/或输入音频信号。例如,音频组件2710包括一个麦克风(MIC),当UE2700处于操作模式,如呼叫模式、记录模式和语音识别模式时,麦克风被配置为接收外部音频信号。所接收的音频信号可以被进一步存储在存储器2704或经由通信组件2716发送。在一些实施例中,音频组件2710还包括一个扬声器,用于输出音频信号。The audio component 2710 is configured to output and/or input audio signals. For example, the audio component 2710 includes a microphone (MIC), which is configured to receive an external audio signal when the UE 2700 is in an operation mode, such as a call mode, a recording mode, and a voice recognition mode. Received audio signals may be further stored in memory 2704 or sent via communication component 2716 . In some embodiments, the audio component 2710 also includes a speaker for outputting audio signals.
I/O接口2712为处理组件2702和外围接口模块之间提供接口,上述外围接口模块可以是键盘,点击轮,按钮等。这些按钮可包括但不限于:主页按钮、音量按钮、启动按钮和锁定按钮。The I/O interface 2712 provides an interface between the processing component 2702 and a peripheral interface module, which may be a keyboard, a click wheel, a button, and the like. These buttons may include, but are not limited to: a home button, volume buttons, start button, and lock button.
传感器组件2713包括至少一个传感器,用于为UE2700提供各个方面的状态评估。例如,传感器组件2713可以检测到设备2700的打开/关闭状态,组件的相对定位,例如所述组件为UE2700的显示器和小键盘,传感器组件2713还可以检测UE2700或UE2700一个组件的位置改变,用户与UE2700接触的存在或不存在,UE2700方位或加速/减速和UE2700的温度变化。传感器组件2713可以包括接近传感器,被配置用来在没有任何的物理接触时检测附近物体的存在。传感器组件2713还可以包括光传感器,如CMOS或CCD图像传感器,用于在成像应用中使用。在一些实施例中,该传感器组件2713 还可以包括加速度传感器,陀螺仪传感器,磁传感器,压力传感器或温度传感器。The sensor component 2713 includes at least one sensor, which is used to provide various aspects of status assessment for the UE 2700 . For example, the sensor component 2713 can detect the open/close state of the device 2700, the relative positioning of components, such as the display and the keypad of the UE2700, the sensor component 2713 can also detect the position change of the UE2700 or a component of the UE2700, and the user and Presence or absence of UE2700 contact, UE2700 orientation or acceleration/deceleration and temperature change of UE2700. Sensor assembly 2713 may include a proximity sensor configured to detect the presence of nearby objects in the absence of any physical contact. The sensor assembly 2713 may also include light sensors, such as CMOS or CCD image sensors, for use in imaging applications. In some embodiments, the sensor component 2713 may also include an acceleration sensor, a gyro sensor, a magnetic sensor, a pressure sensor or a temperature sensor.
通信组件2716被配置为便于UE2700和其他设备之间有线或无线方式的通信。UE2700可以接入基于通信标准的无线网络,如WiFi,2G或3G,或它们的组合。在一个示例性实施例中,通信组件2716经由广播信道接收来自外部广播管理系统的广播信号或广播相关信息。在一个示例性实施例中,所述通信组件2716还包括近场通信(NFC)模块,以促进短程通信。例如,在NFC模块可基于射频识别(RFID)技术,红外数据协会(IrDA)技术,超宽带(UWB)技术,蓝牙(BT)技术和其他技术来实现。 Communication component 2716 is configured to facilitate wired or wireless communications between UE 2700 and other devices. UE2700 can access wireless networks based on communication standards, such as WiFi, 2G or 3G, or their combination. In one exemplary embodiment, the communication component 2716 receives broadcast signals or broadcast related information from an external broadcast management system via a broadcast channel. In an exemplary embodiment, the communication component 2716 also includes a near field communication (NFC) module to facilitate short-range communication. For example, the NFC module may be implemented based on Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) technology, Infrared Data Association (IrDA) technology, Ultra Wide Band (UWB) technology, Bluetooth (BT) technology and other technologies.
在示例性实施例中,UE2700可以被至少一个应用专用集成电路(ASIC)、数字信号处理器(DSP)、数字信号处理设备(DSPD)、可编程逻辑器件(PLD)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)、控制器、微控制器、微处理器或其他电子元件实现,用于执行上述方法。In an exemplary embodiment, UE2700 may be powered by at least one Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), Digital Signal Processor (DSP), Digital Signal Processing Device (DSPD), Programmable Logic Device (PLD), Field Programmable Gate Array ( FPGA), controller, microcontroller, microprocessor or other electronic components for implementing the above method.
图28是本申请实施例所提供的一种基站2800的框图。例如,基站2800可以被提供为一基站。参照图28,基站2800包括处理组件2811,其进一步包括至少一个处理器,以及由存储器2832所代表的存储器资源,用于存储可由处理组件2822的执行的指令,例如应用程序。存储器2832中存储的应用程序可以包括一个或一个以上的每一个对应于一组指令的模块。此外,处理组件2815被配置为执行指令,以执行上述方法前述应用在所述基站的任意方法,例如,如图1所示方法。Fig. 28 is a block diagram of a base station 2800 provided by an embodiment of the present application. For example, base station 2800 may be provided as a base station. Referring to FIG. 28 , the base station 2800 includes a processing component 2811, which further includes at least one processor, and a memory resource represented by a memory 2832 for storing instructions executable by the processing component 2822, such as application programs. The application programs stored in memory 2832 may include one or more modules each corresponding to a set of instructions. In addition, the processing component 2815 is configured to execute instructions, so as to execute any of the aforementioned methods applied to the base station, for example, the method shown in FIG. 1 .
基站2800还可以包括一个电源组件2826被配置为执行基站2800的电源管理,一个有线或无线网络接口2850被配置为将基站2800连接到网络,和一个输入输出(I/O)接口2858。基站2800可以操作基于存储在存储器2832的操作系统,例如Windows Server TM,Mac OS XTM,Unix TM,Linux TM,Free BSDTM或类似。 Base station 2800 may also include a power component 2826 configured to perform power management of base station 2800, a wired or wireless network interface 2850 configured to connect base station 2800 to a network, and an input output (I/O) interface 2858. The base station 2800 can operate based on an operating system stored in the memory 2832, such as Windows Server™, Mac OS X™, Unix™, Linux™, Free BSD™ or similar.
本领域技术人员在考虑说明书及实践这里公开的发明后,将容易想到本发明的其它实施方案。本公开旨在涵盖本发明的任何变型、用途或者适应性变化,这些变型、用途或者适应性变化遵循本发明的一般性原理并包括本公开未公开的本技术领域中的公知常识或惯用技术手段。说明书和实施例仅被视为示例性的,本公开的真正范围和精神由下面的权利要求指出。Other embodiments of the invention will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art from consideration of the specification and practice of the invention disclosed herein. This disclosure is intended to cover any modification, use or adaptation of the present invention, these modifications, uses or adaptations follow the general principles of the present invention and include common knowledge or conventional technical means in the technical field not disclosed in this disclosure . The specification and examples are to be considered exemplary only, with a true scope and spirit of the disclosure being indicated by the following claims.
应当理解的是,本公开并不局限于上面已经描述并在附图中示出的精确结构,并且可以在不脱离其范围进行各种修改和改变。本公开的范围仅由所附的权利要求来限制。It should be understood that the present disclosure is not limited to the precise constructions which have been described above and shown in the drawings, and various modifications and changes may be made without departing from the scope thereof. The scope of the present disclosure is limited only by the appended claims.

Claims (44)

  1. 一种无线资源管理RRM测量放松指示方法,其特征在于,应用于用户设备UE,包括:A radio resource management RRM measurement relaxation indication method, characterized in that it is applied to a user equipment UE, including:
    从非连接态切换至连接态,并当所述UE在切换至连接态前处于测量放松状态,向基站发送状态指示信息;Switching from the unconnected state to the connected state, and when the UE is in the measurement relaxation state before switching to the connected state, sending state indication information to the base station;
    获取来自所述基站的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个;Acquiring at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station;
    基于所述放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,确定所述UE的测量状态。Determine the measurement state of the UE based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 1, further comprising:
    所述UE处于非连接态时,判断所述UE是否满足放松准则,所述放松准则包括低移动性准则、未处小区边缘准则、以及静止准则中的至少一个;When the UE is in a disconnected state, judging whether the UE satisfies relaxation criteria, where the relaxation criteria include at least one of a low mobility criterion, a cell edge criterion, and a static criterion;
    若所述UE满足所述放松准则,确定所述UE的测量状态为测量放松状态。If the UE satisfies the relaxation criterion, determine that the measurement state of the UE is a measurement relaxation state.
  3. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述从非连接态切换至连接态,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the switching from the unconnected state to the connected state comprises:
    从空闲态切换至连接态。Switch from idle state to connected state.
  4. 如权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,通过以下至少之一,向所述基站发送状态指示信息:The method according to claim 3, wherein the status indication information is sent to the base station by at least one of the following:
    无线资源控制连接建立请求RRC Setup Request消息,新的RRC Setup Request 1消息和RRC连接建立完成Setup Complete消息。Radio resource control connection establishment request RRC Setup Request message, new RRC Setup Request 1 message and RRC connection establishment complete Setup Complete message.
  5. 如权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述获取来自所述基站的放松指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 4, wherein said acquiring relaxation indication information from said base station comprises:
    获取所述基站通过RRC连接建立Setup消息发送的所述放松指示信息。Acquiring the relaxation indication information sent by the base station through an RRC connection establishment Setup message.
  6. 如权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述获取来自所述基站的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,包括:The method according to claim 4, wherein said acquiring at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information from said base station comprises:
    获取所述基站通过RRC重配Reconfiguration消息发送的所述放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个。Acquiring at least one of the relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information sent by the base station through an RRC reconfiguration Reconfiguration message.
  7. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述从非连接态切换至连接态,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the switching from the unconnected state to the connected state comprises:
    从非激活态切换至连接态。Switch from inactive to connected state.
  8. 如权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,通过以下至少之一,向所述基站发送状态指示信息:The method according to claim 7, wherein the status indication information is sent to the base station by at least one of the following:
    RRC恢复请求Resume Request消息,RRC Resume Request 1消息和RRC恢复完成Resume Complete消息。RRC recovery request Resume Request message, RRC Resume Request 1 message and RRC recovery complete Resume Complete message.
  9. 如权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述获取来自所述基站的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,包括:The method according to claim 8, wherein the acquiring at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station comprises:
    获取所述基站通过RRC连接恢复Resume消息发送的所述放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个。Acquiring at least one of the relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information sent by the base station through an RRC connection recovery Resume message.
  10. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述获取来自所述基站的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the acquiring at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station comprises:
    获取来自所述基站的所述放松测量配置信息。Acquiring the relaxed measurement configuration information from the base station.
  11. 如权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述放松测量配置信息包括以下至少一种:The method according to claim 10, wherein the relaxed measurement configuration information includes at least one of the following:
    删除正常测量状态的测量配置信息;Delete the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state;
    新的测量频率,所述新的测量频率的数量小于所述正常测量状态的测量频率的数量;a new measurement frequency, the number of the new measurement frequency is less than the number of measurement frequencies in the normal measurement state;
    新的同步信号块测量时间配置SMTC,所述新的SMTC的周期大于所述正常测量状态的SMTC的周期;New synchronization signal block measurement time configuration SMTC, the cycle of the new SMTC is greater than the cycle of the SMTC in the normal measurement state;
    新的SMTC,所述新的SMTC的窗长小于所述正常测量状态的SMTC的窗长;A new SMTC, the window length of the new SMTC is less than the window length of the SMTC in the normal measurement state;
    新的同步信号块测量SSB-ToMeasure参数,所述新的SSB-ToMeasure参数对应的测量数量小于所述正常测量状态的SSB-ToMeasure参数对应的测量数量;The new synchronization signal block measures the SSB-ToMeasure parameter, and the measurement quantity corresponding to the new SSB-ToMeasure parameter is smaller than the measurement quantity corresponding to the SSB-ToMeasure parameter in the normal measurement state;
    新的需要测量的导频信号,所述新的需要测量的导频信号的种类少于所述正常测量状态的导频信号的种类。A new pilot signal that needs to be measured, the type of the new pilot signal that needs to be measured is less than the type of the pilot signal in the normal measurement state.
  12. 如权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述基于所述放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,确定所述UE的测量状态,包括:The method according to claim 10, wherein the determining the measurement state of the UE based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information comprises:
    基于所述放松测量配置信息执行测量放松,以将所述连接态UE的测量状态确定为测量放松状态。Perform measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information, so as to determine the measurement state of the connected UE as a measurement relaxed state.
  13. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述获取来自所述基站的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the acquiring at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station comprises:
    获取来自所述基站的所述放松指示信息,所述放松指示信息用于指示所述UE的测量状态为测量放松状态。Acquiring the relaxation indication information from the base station, where the relaxation indication information is used to indicate that the measurement state of the UE is a measurement relaxation state.
  14. 如权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 13, further comprising:
    获取所述基站通过RRC Resume消息或RRC Reconfiguration消息发送的正常测量状态的测量配置信息。Obtain the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state sent by the base station through the RRC Resume message or the RRC Reconfiguration message.
  15. 如权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述基于所述放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,确定所述UE的测量状态,包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein the determining the measurement state of the UE based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information comprises:
    获取所述基站指示的预定义的测量放松参数;Acquiring a predefined measurement relaxation parameter indicated by the base station;
    基于所述预定义的测量放松参数和所述正常测量状态的测量配置信息执行测量放松,以将所述连接态UE的测量状态确定为测量放松状态。performing measurement relaxation based on the predefined measurement relaxation parameters and the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state, so as to determine the measurement state of the UE in the connected state as the measurement relaxation state.
  16. 如权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预定义的测量放松参数包括以下至少一种:The method of claim 18, wherein the predefined measured relaxation parameters comprise at least one of the following:
    预定义的测量周期扩展因子;Predefined measurement cycle expansion factors;
    预定义的测量频率,所述预定义的测量频率的数量小于所述正常测量状态的测量频率的数量;a predefined measurement frequency, the number of the predefined measurement frequencies is less than the number of measurement frequencies in the normal measurement state;
    预定义的SMTC,所述预定义的SMTC的周期大于所述正常测量状态的SMTC的周期;A predefined SMTC, the period of the predefined SMTC is greater than the period of the SMTC in the normal measurement state;
    预定义的SMTC,所述预定义的SMTC的窗长小于所述正常测量状态的SMTC的窗长;A predefined SMTC, the window length of the predefined SMTC is less than the window length of the SMTC in the normal measurement state;
    预定义的SSB-ToMeasure参数,所述预定义的SSB-ToMeasure参数对应的测量数量小于所述正常测量状态的SSB-ToMeasure参数对应的测量数量;A predefined SSB-ToMeasure parameter, where the measurement quantity corresponding to the predefined SSB-ToMeasure parameter is smaller than the measurement quantity corresponding to the SSB-ToMeasure parameter in the normal measurement state;
    预定义的需要测量的导频信号,所述预定义的需要测量的导频信号的种类少于所述正常测量状态的导频信号的种类。Predefined pilot signals that need to be measured, the types of the predefined pilot signals that need to be measured are less than the types of pilot signals in the normal measurement state.
  17. 如权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述获取所述基站指示的预定义的测量放松参数的方法包括以下至少一种:The method according to claim 15, wherein the method for obtaining the predefined measurement relaxation parameters indicated by the base station comprises at least one of the following:
    获取所述基站通过系统消息发送的所述预定义的测量放松参数;Acquiring the predefined measurement relaxation parameter sent by the base station through a system message;
    基于协议获取所述基站指示的预定义的测量放松参数;Acquire a predefined measurement relaxation parameter indicated by the base station based on a protocol;
    获取所述基站通过RRC消息发送的所述预定义的测量放松参数。Acquiring the predefined measurement relaxation parameter sent by the base station through an RRC message.
  18. 如权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述基于所述放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中 的至少一个,确定所述UE的测量状态,包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein the determining the measurement state of the UE based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information comprises:
    对所述正常测量状态的测量配置信息进行放松处理得到放松后的测量配置信息;performing relaxation processing on the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state to obtain relaxed measurement configuration information;
    基于所述放松后的测量配置信息执行测量放松,以将所述连接态UE的测量状态确定为测量放松状态。Perform measurement relaxation based on the relaxed measurement configuration information, so as to determine the measurement state of the UE in the connected state as a measurement relaxed state.
  19. 如权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述放松处理包括以下至少一种:The method according to claim 18, wherein said relaxing treatment comprises at least one of the following:
    停止对所述UE的正常测量;stop normal measurement of the UE;
    减少所述正常测量状态的测量配置信息中的测量频率;reducing the measurement frequency in the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state;
    增加所述正常测量状态的测量配置信息中SMTC的周期;Increase the period of SMTC in the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state;
    为所述正常测量状态的测量配置信息中的测量周期提供扩展因子Provide an expansion factor for the measurement period in the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state
    减少所述正常测量状态的测量配置信息中SMTC的窗长;reducing the window length of SMTC in the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state;
    减少所述正常测量状态的测量配置信息中SSB-ToMeasure参数的数量;reducing the number of SSB-ToMeasure parameters in the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state;
    减少所述正常测量状态的测量配置信息中需要测量的导频信号的种类。The types of pilot signals to be measured in the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state are reduced.
  20. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 1, further comprising:
    向所述基站发送UE能力信息,所述UE能力信息用于指示所述UE是否具备测量状态上报能力;sending UE capability information to the base station, where the UE capability information is used to indicate whether the UE is capable of reporting measurement status;
    接收来自所述基站的上报指示信息,所述上报指示信息用于指示所述UE是否向所述基站上报测量状态。Receive reporting indication information from the base station, where the reporting indication information is used to indicate whether the UE reports a measurement state to the base station.
  21. 如权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收来自所述基站的上报指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 20, wherein the receiving the reporting indication information from the base station comprises:
    接收所述基站通过系统消息发送的所述上报指示信息。receiving the reporting indication information sent by the base station through a system message.
  22. 如权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收来自所述基站的上报指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 20, wherein the receiving the reporting indication information from the base station comprises:
    当所述UE释放RRC连接,接收所述基站通过RRC消息发送的所述上报指示信息。When the UE releases the RRC connection, receive the reporting indication information sent by the base station through an RRC message.
  23. 如权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,向基站发送状态指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 20, wherein sending status indication information to the base station comprises:
    当所述UE能力信息指示所述UE具备测量状态上报能力,且所述上报指示信息指示所述UE向所述基站上报测量状态时,向所述基站发送所述UE切换至连接态前的状态指示信息。When the UE capability information indicates that the UE has the capability to report the measurement state, and the reporting instruction information indicates that the UE reports the measurement state to the base station, send the state before the UE switches to the connected state to the base station Instructions.
  24. 一种RRM测量放松指示方法,其特征在于,应用于基站,包括:A RRM measurement relaxation indication method, characterized in that it is applied to a base station, comprising:
    接收来自UE的状态指示信息;receiving status indication information from the UE;
    向所述UE发送放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个。Sending at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information to the UE.
  25. 如权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,通过以下至少之一,接收来自UE的状态指示信息:The method according to claim 24, wherein the status indication information from the UE is received through at least one of the following:
    接收所述UE通过RRC Setup Request消息,新的RRC Setup Request 1消息和RRC Setup Complete消息发送的所述状态指示信息。receiving the status indication information sent by the UE through the RRC Setup Request message, the new RRC Setup Request 1 message and the RRC Setup Complete message.
  26. 如权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述向所述UE发送放松指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 25, wherein the sending the relaxation indication information to the UE comprises:
    通过RRC Setup消息向所述UE发送所述放松指示信息。Send the relaxation indication information to the UE through an RRC Setup message.
  27. 如权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述向所述UE发送放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,包括:The method according to claim 25, wherein the sending at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information to the UE comprises:
    通过RRC Reconfiguration消息向所述UE发送所述放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个。Send at least one of the relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information to the UE through an RRC Reconfiguration message.
  28. 如权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,通过以下至少之一,接收来自UE发送的状态指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 24, characterized in that receiving the status indication information sent from the UE through at least one of the following, including:
    接收所述UE通过RRC Resume Request消息,RRC Resume Request 1消息和RRC Resume Complete发送的所述状态指示信息。receiving the status indication information sent by the UE through the RRC Resume Request message, RRC Resume Request 1 message and RRC Resume Complete.
  29. 如权利要求28所述的方法,其特征在于,所述向所述UE发送放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,包括:The method according to claim 28, wherein the sending at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information to the UE comprises:
    通过RRC Resume消息向所述UE发送所述放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个。Sending at least one of the relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information to the UE through an RRC Resume message.
  30. 如权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述向所述UE发送放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,包括:The method according to claim 24, wherein the sending at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information to the UE comprises:
    向所述UE发送所述放松测量配置信息。sending the relaxed measurement configuration information to the UE.
  31. 如权利要求30所述的方法,其特征在于,所述放松测量配置信息包括以下至少一种:The method according to claim 30, wherein the relaxed measurement configuration information includes at least one of the following:
    删除所述正常测量状态的测量配置信息;deleting the measurement configuration information in the normal measurement state;
    新的测量频率,所述新的测量频率的数量小于所述正常测量状态的测量频率的数量;a new measurement frequency, the number of the new measurement frequency is less than the number of measurement frequencies in the normal measurement state;
    新的SMTC,所述新的SMTC的周期大于所述正常测量状态的SMTC的周期;A new SMTC, the period of the new SMTC is greater than the period of the SMTC in the normal measurement state;
    新的SMTC,所述新的SMTC的窗长小于所述正常测量状态的SMTC的窗长;A new SMTC, the window length of the new SMTC is less than the window length of the SMTC in the normal measurement state;
    新的SSB-ToMeasure参数,所述新的SSB-ToMeasure参数对应的测量数量小于所述正常测量状态的SSB-ToMeasure参数对应的测量数量;A new SSB-ToMeasure parameter, the measurement quantity corresponding to the new SSB-ToMeasure parameter is smaller than the measurement quantity corresponding to the SSB-ToMeasure parameter in the normal measurement state;
    新的需要测量的导频信号,所述新的需要测量的导频信号的种类少于所述正常测量状态的导频信号的种类。A new pilot signal that needs to be measured, the type of the new pilot signal that needs to be measured is less than the type of the pilot signal in the normal measurement state.
  32. 如权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述向所述UE发送放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,包括:The method according to claim 24, wherein the sending at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information to the UE comprises:
    向所述UE发送所述放松指示信息,所述放松指示信息用于指示所述UE的测量状态为测量放松状态。Sending the relaxation indication information to the UE, where the relaxation indication information is used to indicate that the measurement state of the UE is a measurement relaxation state.
  33. 如权利要求32所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 32, further comprising:
    通过RRC Resume消息或RRC Reconfiguration消息向所述UE发送正常测量状态的测量配置信息。Send the measurement configuration information of the normal measurement state to the UE through an RRC Resume message or an RRC Reconfiguration message.
  34. 如权利要求33所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 33, further comprising:
    向所述UE指示预定义的测量放松参数。Indicating predefined measurement relaxation parameters to the UE.
  35. 如权利要求34所述的方法,其特征在于,所述向所述UE指示预定义的测量放松参数的方法包括以下至少一种:The method according to claim 34, wherein the method of indicating a predefined measurement relaxation parameter to the UE comprises at least one of the following:
    通过系统消息向所述UE指示所述预定义的测量放松参数;Indicating the predefined measurement relaxation parameters to the UE through a system message;
    通过协议向所述UE指示所述预定义的测量放松参数;Indicating the predefined measurement relaxation parameters to the UE through a protocol;
    通过RRC消息向所述UE指示所述预定义的测量放松参数。Indicating the predefined measurement relaxation parameters to the UE through an RRC message.
  36. 如权利要求35所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预定义的测量放松参数包括以下至少一种:The method of claim 35, wherein the predefined measured relaxation parameters comprise at least one of the following:
    预定义的测量周期扩展因子;Predefined measurement cycle expansion factors;
    预定义的测量频率,所述预定义的测量频率的数量小于所述正常测量状态的测量频率的数量;a predefined measurement frequency, the number of the predefined measurement frequencies is less than the number of measurement frequencies in the normal measurement state;
    预定义的SMTC,所述预定义的SMTC的周期大于所述正常测量状态的SMTC的周期;A predefined SMTC, the period of the predefined SMTC is greater than the period of the SMTC in the normal measurement state;
    预定义的SMTC,所述预定义的SMTC的窗长小于所述正常测量状态的SMTC的窗长;A predefined SMTC, the window length of the predefined SMTC is less than the window length of the SMTC in the normal measurement state;
    预定义的SSB-ToMeasure参数,所述预定义的SSB-ToMeasure参数对应的测量数量小于所述正常测量状态的SSB-ToMeasure参数对应的测量数量;A predefined SSB-ToMeasure parameter, where the measurement quantity corresponding to the predefined SSB-ToMeasure parameter is smaller than the measurement quantity corresponding to the SSB-ToMeasure parameter in the normal measurement state;
    预定义的需要测量的导频信号,所述预定义的需要测量的导频信号的种类少于所述正常测量状态的导频信号的种类。Predefined pilot signals that need to be measured, the types of the predefined pilot signals that need to be measured are less than the types of pilot signals in the normal measurement state.
  37. 如权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 24, further comprising:
    接收来自所述UE的UE能力信息,所述UE能力信息用于指示所述UE是否具备测量状态上报能力;receiving UE capability information from the UE, where the UE capability information is used to indicate whether the UE is capable of reporting measurement status;
    向所述UE发送上报指示信息,所述上报指示信息用于指示所述UE是否向所述基站上报测量状态。Sending reporting indication information to the UE, where the reporting indication information is used to indicate whether the UE reports the measurement state to the base station.
  38. 如权利要求37所述的方法,其特征在于,所述向所述UE发送上报指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 37, wherein the sending the reporting indication information to the UE comprises:
    通过系统消息向所述UE发送所述上报指示信息。Sending the reporting indication information to the UE through a system message.
  39. 如权利要求37所述的方法,其特征在于,所述向所述UE发送上报指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 37, wherein the sending the reporting indication information to the UE comprises:
    当所述UE释放RRC连接,通过RRC消息向所述UE发送所述上报指示信息。When the UE releases the RRC connection, send the reporting indication information to the UE through an RRC message.
  40. 一种RRM测量放松指示装置,其特征在于,包括:A RRM measurement relaxation indicating device is characterized in that it comprises:
    发送模块,用于从非连接态切换至连接态,并当所述UE在连接态前处于测量放松状态,向基站发送状态指示信息;A sending module, configured to switch from a non-connected state to a connected state, and send status indication information to the base station when the UE is in a measurement relaxation state before the connected state;
    获取模块,用于获取来自所述基站的放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个;An obtaining module, configured to obtain at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information from the base station;
    确定模块,用于基于所述放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个,确定所述UE的测量状态。A determining module, configured to determine the measurement state of the UE based on at least one of the relaxation indication information and the relaxation measurement configuration information.
  41. 一种RRM测量放松指示装置,其特征在于,包括:A RRM measurement relaxation indicating device is characterized in that it comprises:
    接收模块,用于来自接收UE的状态指示信息;A receiving module, configured to receive status indication information from the UE;
    发送模块,用于向所述UE发送放松指示信息和放松测量配置信息中的至少一个。A sending module, configured to send at least one of relaxation indication information and relaxation measurement configuration information to the UE.
  42. 一种用户设备,其特征在于,包括:收发器;存储器;处理器,分别与所述收发器及所述存储器连接,配置为通过执行所述存储器上的计算机可执行指令,控制所述收发器的无线信号收发,并能够实现权利要求1至23任一项所述的方法。A user equipment, characterized by comprising: a transceiver; a memory; a processor, connected to the transceiver and the memory respectively, configured to control the transceiver by executing computer-executable instructions on the memory wireless signal transmission and reception, and can implement the method described in any one of claims 1 to 23.
  43. 一种基站,其特征在于,包括:收发器;存储器;处理器,分别与所述收发器及所述存储器连接,配置为通过执行所述存储器上的计算机可执行指令,控制所述收发器的无线信号收发,并能够实现权利要求24至39任一项所述的方法。A base station, characterized in that it includes: a transceiver; a memory; a processor, connected to the transceiver and the memory respectively, configured to control the operation of the transceiver by executing computer-executable instructions on the memory wireless signal transmission and reception, and can realize the method described in any one of claims 24 to 39.
  44. 一种计算机存储介质,其中,所述计算机存储介质存储有计算机可执行指令;所述计算机可执行指令被处理器执行后,能够实现权利要求1至23或24至39任一项所述的方法。A computer storage medium, wherein the computer storage medium stores computer-executable instructions; after the computer-executable instructions are executed by a processor, the method according to any one of claims 1 to 23 or 24 to 39 can be implemented .
PCT/CN2021/105344 2021-07-08 2021-07-08 Radio resource management (rrm) measurement relaxation indication method and apparatus, and user equipment, base station and storage medium. WO2023279350A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202180002050.1A CN115956373A (en) 2021-07-08 2021-07-08 Radio resource management RRM measurement relaxation indication method, device, user equipment, base station and storage medium
PCT/CN2021/105344 WO2023279350A1 (en) 2021-07-08 2021-07-08 Radio resource management (rrm) measurement relaxation indication method and apparatus, and user equipment, base station and storage medium.

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/105344 WO2023279350A1 (en) 2021-07-08 2021-07-08 Radio resource management (rrm) measurement relaxation indication method and apparatus, and user equipment, base station and storage medium.

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023279350A1 true WO2023279350A1 (en) 2023-01-12

Family

ID=84800184

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/105344 WO2023279350A1 (en) 2021-07-08 2021-07-08 Radio resource management (rrm) measurement relaxation indication method and apparatus, and user equipment, base station and storage medium.

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115956373A (en)
WO (1) WO2023279350A1 (en)

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20140247742A1 (en) * 2011-09-08 2014-09-04 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for operation based on switching discontinuous reception state in wireless communication system and apparatus for the same
CN111294853A (en) * 2019-04-30 2020-06-16 展讯半导体(南京)有限公司 Measurement gap configuration method and device
CN111526523A (en) * 2019-02-01 2020-08-11 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 Measurement configuration method, device and equipment
CN111543118A (en) * 2020-04-02 2020-08-14 北京小米移动软件有限公司 RRC state change method, device, communication equipment and storage medium
WO2020222211A1 (en) * 2019-05-02 2020-11-05 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Granular request for early measurement reporting
CN112771912A (en) * 2020-12-30 2021-05-07 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Information transmission method, device, communication equipment and storage medium
CN112997521A (en) * 2019-04-19 2021-06-18 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Measurement processing method, network equipment and terminal equipment

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20140247742A1 (en) * 2011-09-08 2014-09-04 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for operation based on switching discontinuous reception state in wireless communication system and apparatus for the same
CN111526523A (en) * 2019-02-01 2020-08-11 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 Measurement configuration method, device and equipment
CN112997521A (en) * 2019-04-19 2021-06-18 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Measurement processing method, network equipment and terminal equipment
CN111294853A (en) * 2019-04-30 2020-06-16 展讯半导体(南京)有限公司 Measurement gap configuration method and device
WO2020222211A1 (en) * 2019-05-02 2020-11-05 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Granular request for early measurement reporting
CN111543118A (en) * 2020-04-02 2020-08-14 北京小米移动软件有限公司 RRC state change method, device, communication equipment and storage medium
CN112771912A (en) * 2020-12-30 2021-05-07 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Information transmission method, device, communication equipment and storage medium

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
OPPO: "Summary of [AT113-e][704][V2X/SL] Left issue on reset configuration (OPPO)", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-2102179, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG2, no. E-meeting; 20210101, 10 February 2021 (2021-02-10), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051977975 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115956373A (en) 2023-04-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020186525A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting information related to measurement
CN107592645B (en) Method, device and system for switching base stations
WO2023004692A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus based on measurement relaxation mechanism, and storage medium
WO2022205146A1 (en) Beam recovery method and apparatus, user equipment, network side device, and storage medium
KR102341623B1 (en) Methods, devices and systems for performing drive test minimization measurements
WO2022141186A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus, communication device, and storage medium
WO2021120204A1 (en) Signal measurement method and apparatus, and communication device and storage medium
WO2023279350A1 (en) Radio resource management (rrm) measurement relaxation indication method and apparatus, and user equipment, base station and storage medium.
WO2023279351A1 (en) Measurement relaxation indication method and apparatus, and user equipment, base station and storage medium
WO2022147662A1 (en) Measurement gap scheduling method and apparatus, communication device, and storage medium
WO2019104507A1 (en) Network configuration method and apparatus, and network measurement method and apparatus
WO2023221130A1 (en) Measurement method and apparatus, and device and storage medium
WO2022227100A1 (en) System message processing method and apparatus, communication device, and storage medium
EP4319243A1 (en) Relax measurement method and apparatus, and communication device and storage medium
WO2024007228A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting measurement configuration information, and readable storage medium
WO2024077610A1 (en) Measurement method and apparatus, device, and readable storage medium
WO2023108431A1 (en) Method and apparatus for executing predetermined operation, communication device, and storage medium
WO2023108428A1 (en) Method and apparatus for receiving/transmitting configuration information of ncd-ssb, communication device, and storage medium
WO2023184254A1 (en) Method for transmitting measurement configuration information, apparatus and readable storage medium
WO2023065236A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus based on measurement relaxation mechanism, and storage medium
WO2022204903A1 (en) Measurement relaxation configuration processing method and apparatus, communication device and storage medium
WO2022188073A1 (en) Method and apparatus for measuring reference signal, communication device and storage medium
WO2024020757A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus, communication device, and storage medium
WO2023004695A1 (en) Measurement relaxation mechanism-based communication method and apparatus, and storage medium
WO2024031258A1 (en) Method and apparatus for receiving measurement configuration information, device, and readable storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21948846

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE